HK1231055B - Process for making isoquinoline compounds - Google Patents
Process for making isoquinoline compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK1231055B HK1231055B HK17104571.0A HK17104571A HK1231055B HK 1231055 B HK1231055 B HK 1231055B HK 17104571 A HK17104571 A HK 17104571A HK 1231055 B HK1231055 B HK 1231055B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- aryl
- alkyl
- heteroaryl
- formula
- Prior art date
Links
Description
本申请要求2012年7月16日提交的美国专利申请第61/672,191号的优先权;本申请是申请日为2013年7月15日、题目为“制备异喹啉化合物的方法”的中国专利申请第201310302822.0号的分案申请。This application claims priority to U.S. patent application No. 61/672,191, filed on July 16, 2012; this application is a divisional application of Chinese patent application No. 201310302822.0, filed on July 15, 2013, and entitled "Methods for Preparing Isoquinoline Compounds."
技术领域Technical Field
本发明涉及制备异喹啉化合物和由此获得的中间体化合物的方法。The present invention relates to a process for preparing isoquinoline compounds and intermediate compounds obtained therefrom.
背景技术Background Art
已知异喹啉化合物能够有效地治疗和预防与HIF有关的病症和紊乱,包括由缺血和/或缺氧造成的贫血和组织损伤(参见例如Robinson等人(2008)Gastroenterology 134(1):145–155;Rosenberger等人(2008)Nephrol Dial Transplant 23(11):3472-3478)。具体地,此处所公开的化合物和方法可以用作或者用于制备抑制HIF羟化酶活性的异喹啉化合物,由此提高缺氧诱导因子(HIF)的稳定性和/或活性,其可以用于治疗和预防与HIF有关的病症和紊乱。Isoquinoline compounds are known to be effective in treating and preventing conditions and disorders associated with HIF, including anemia and tissue damage caused by ischemia and/or hypoxia (see, e.g., Robinson et al. (2008) Gastroenterology 134(1):145–155; Rosenberger et al. (2008) Nephrol Dial Transplant 23(11):3472-3478). Specifically, the compounds and methods disclosed herein can be used as or for preparing isoquinoline compounds that inhibit HIF hydroxylase activity, thereby increasing the stability and/or activity of hypoxia-inducible factor (HIF), which can be used to treat and prevent conditions and disorders associated with HIF.
迄今为止,已经公开了许多制备取代的异喹啉化合物的合成路线。在1966年,Caswell等人(Heterocyclyl Chem 1966,(3),328-332)报道了优选于高温(105℃)在密封反应容器中,经由邻苯二酰亚氨乙酸酯与钠在甲醇中的Gabriel-Coleman重排反应,以合成4-羟基-3-羰基甲氧基-1(2H)-异喹啉及其6-和8-甲氧基取代的衍生物。这样的方法确实提供了一种过量的区域异构体,但取代度却是通过取代基的电子性质来支配的,而不是本领域技术人员的期望。To date, many synthetic routes for preparing substituted isoquinoline compounds have been published. In 1966, Caswell et al. (Heterocyclyl Chem 1966, (3), 328-332) reported the synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-carbonylmethoxy-1(2H)-isoquinoline and its 6- and 8-methoxy-substituted derivatives via a Gabriel-Coleman rearrangement reaction of phthalimidoacetate with sodium in methanol, preferably at elevated temperature (105°C) in a sealed reaction vessel. This method does provide an excess of regioisomers, but the degree of substitution is governed by the electronic properties of the substituents, rather than what one skilled in the art would expect.
在1978年,Suzuki等人(Synthesis 1978(6),461-462)报道了经由4-甲氧基羰基-1,3-噁唑(其由邻苯二甲酸酐和异氰基乙酸甲酯来制备)的酸催化的开环和随后分子内的环化以合成4-羟基-3-碳甲氧基-1(2H)-异喹啉。Suzuki等人还报道了合成硝基取代的4-羟基-3-甲酯基-1(2H)-异喹啉,但是,其中公开的方法提供了6-和7-硝基异喹啉化合物的混合物。In 1978, Suzuki et al. (Synthesis 1978 (6), 461-462) reported the synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-carbomethoxy-1(2H)-isoquinoline via acid-catalyzed ring opening and subsequent intramolecular cyclization of 4-methoxycarbonyl-1,3-oxazole (prepared from phthalic anhydride and methyl isocyanoacetate). Suzuki et al. also reported the synthesis of nitro-substituted 4-hydroxy-3-carbomethoxy-1(2H)-isoquinoline, but the method disclosed therein provided a mixture of 6- and 7-nitroisoquinoline compounds.
Weidmann等人(US专利No.6093730)报道了如下不同的取代的异喹啉-3-酰胺的合成:色谱法分离由Caswell等人合成提供的4-羟基-3-甲酯基-1(2H)-异喹啉异构体,随后水解所述甲酯,将相应的酸活化成酸卤化物,并且与甘氨酸甲酯缩合。Weidmann et al. (U.S. Patent No. 6,093,730) reported the following synthesis of various substituted isoquinoline-3-amides: chromatographic separation of the 4-hydroxy-3-carbomethoxy-1(2H)-isoquinoline isomers provided by the synthesis by Caswell et al., followed by hydrolysis of the methyl ester, activation of the corresponding acid to the acid halide, and condensation with glycine methyl ester.
在US专利7629357和US专利7928120中已经报道了制备取代的异喹啉化合物的其他方法。US专利7928120教导了如下取代的氰基异喹啉化合物的制备:由任选地取代的2-甲基苯甲酸酯经由与卤化试剂反应以提供相应的2-(卤甲基)苯甲酸酯,随后与N-保护的甘氨酸酯反应,最终使用碱和任选的氧化剂进行环化/芳化。这样的方法优于上文所述文献之处在于,所公开的方法仅仅提供了5-、6-、7-或者8-取代的异喹啉化合物的单个异构体。但是,仅仅提供了在异喹啉的1-位的卤素和氰基取代基。US专利7629357公开了用于合成在不同的取代的异喹啉化合物(包括1-甲基异喹啉化合物)的1-位不同的取代基的方法。US专利7629357的1-甲基异喹啉化合物是如下来制备的:首先将相应的1,4-二羟基异喹啉化合物与氯氧化磷或者溴氧化磷反应以提供1-氯或者1-溴异喹啉化合物,随后使用三甲基环硼氧烷与四(三苯基膦)钯或者过量的正丁基锂和随后的碘化甲烷进行甲基化。Other methods for preparing substituted isoquinoline compounds have been reported in US Patent 7,629,357 and US Patent 7,928,120. US Patent 7,928,120 teaches the preparation of substituted cyanoisoquinoline compounds by reacting an optionally substituted 2-methylbenzoate with a halogenating agent to provide the corresponding 2-(halomethyl)benzoate, followed by reaction with an N-protected glycine ester, and finally cyclization/aromatization using a base and an optional oxidizing agent. This method is superior to the aforementioned literature in that the disclosed method only provides a single isomer of a 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-substituted isoquinoline compound. However, only halogen and cyano substituents are provided at the 1-position of the isoquinoline. US Patent 7,629,357 discloses a method for synthesizing different substituents at the 1-position of various substituted isoquinoline compounds, including 1-methylisoquinoline compounds. The 1-methylisoquinoline compound of US Patent 7629357 is prepared as follows: first, the corresponding 1,4-dihydroxyisoquinoline compound is reacted with phosphorus oxychloride or phosphorus oxybromide to provide a 1-chloro or 1-bromoisoquinoline compound, which is then methylated using trimethylboroxine with tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or an excess of n-butyllithium and then methyl iodide.
发明概述SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本发明涉及大规模安全和有效地合成不同取代的异喹啉化合物以及由此获得的中间体化合物的方法。具体地,本文公开的方法提供了期望的5-、6-、7-或者8-取代的异喹啉化合物作为单一区域异构体,而无需色谱法分离,并且不使用试剂如氯氧化磷、溴氧化磷、正丁基锂或者三甲基环硼氧烷,其在大规模使用时会是不安全的和/或昂贵的。The present invention relates to methods for the safe and efficient large-scale synthesis of various substituted isoquinoline compounds and intermediate compounds obtained therefrom. Specifically, the methods disclosed herein provide the desired 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-substituted isoquinoline compounds as single regioisomers without the need for chromatographic separation and without the use of reagents such as phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus oxybromide, n-butyllithium, or trimethylboroxine, which can be unsafe and/or expensive when used on a large scale.
还提供了通过所述方法所获得的新的中间体化合物。本文公开的化合物可以用作或者用于制备抑制HIF羟化酶活性的异喹啉化合物,由此提高缺氧诱导因子(HIF)的稳定性和/或活性。这样的化合物能够用于治疗与缺血和缺氧有关的紊乱,和用于治疗红细胞生成素有关的紊乱,包括贫血等(参见例如US专利No.7629357)。Also provided are novel intermediate compounds obtained by the methods. The compounds disclosed herein can be used as or in the preparation of isoquinoline compounds that inhibit HIF hydroxylase activity, thereby increasing the stability and/or activity of hypoxia-inducible factor (HIF). Such compounds can be used to treat disorders associated with ischemia and hypoxia, and for treating erythropoietin-related disorders, including anemia, etc. (see, for example, US Patent No. 7,629,357).
在一个方面,本发明涉及一种制备式I的化合物或者其立体异构体或其立体异构体混合物的方法:In one aspect, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula I or a stereoisomer thereof or a mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
所述方法包括在足以产生式I化合物的条件下,将式II的化合物与式III化合物接触:The method comprises contacting a compound of formula II with a compound of formula III under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of formula I:
其中in
Z是O、NR1或S;Z is O, NR 1 or S;
R1选自氢和烷基; R1 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl;
R2选自氢和未取代的或者用独立地选自环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基中一种或多种取代基取代的烷基; R2 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO-或–SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO— or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基或取代的杂芳基;or R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、取代的烷基、烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基和–X2R10;R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, and -X 2 R 10 ;
其中X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;wherein X 2 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 13 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10选自烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基;和R 10 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者当X2是–NR13-时,则R10和R13与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团;和or when X 2 is —NR 13 —, then R 10 and R 13 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group; and
每个R11独立地选自烷基、苄基或芳基,或者两个R11与和它们连接的氮原子一起形成4-8元杂环基或杂芳基。Each R 11 is independently selected from an alkyl group, a benzyl group or an aryl group, or two R 11 s together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclic group or heteroaryl group.
在另一个方面,本发明涉及一种制备式IV的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In another aspect, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula IV or a stereoisomer or a mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
所述方法包括在足以产生式IV化合物的条件下,将式I的化合物与下面之一接触:The method comprises contacting a compound of Formula I with one of the following under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IV:
(a)式的化合物、随后与式的化合物;(a) a compound of formula, followed by a compound of formula;
(b)式R12-X3的化合物、随后与式的化合物;或者(b) a compound of formula R 12 -X 3 , followed by a compound of formula; or
(c)式V的化合物:(c) Compounds of formula V:
其中in
X3是卤素;X 3 is a halogen;
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基,或者当存在两个R12时,两个R12与和它们连接的碳原子一起形成4-8元杂环基;和R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, or when there are two R 12 , the two R 12 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclyl; and
Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义。Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I.
在另一个方面,本发明涉及一种制备式VI的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In another aspect, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula VI or a stereoisomer or a mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
所述方法包括在足以产生式VI化合物的条件下,转化式IV的化合物:The method comprises converting a compound of formula IV under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of formula VI:
其中in
Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;和Z, R1 , R2 , R3 , R4 , R5 , R6 , R8 , R9 , R10 , R11 , R13 , n, X1 and X2 are as defined above in Formula I; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。R 12 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在另一个方面,本发明涉及式VIII的化合物或者其盐、酯、立体异构体或立体异构体混合物:In another aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of formula VIII, or a salt, ester, stereoisomer or stereoisomer mixture thereof:
其中:in:
Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I;
R7是–N(R11)(R11)或–OC(O)R12;和R 7 is —N(R 11 )(R 11 ) or —OC(O)R 12 ; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基;R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl;
条件是所述化合物不是1-二甲基氨基甲基-4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯。with the proviso that the compound is not 1-dimethylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester.
本发明另外的实施方案将在整个文件中描述。Additional embodiments of the invention are described throughout this document.
发明详述Detailed Description of the Invention
在描述化合物和方法之前,应当理解本发明不限于所述的具体化合物、组合物、方法、方案、细胞系、检测和试剂,因为它们可以变化。还应当理解此处所述的术语目的是描述本发明具体的实施方案,并非旨在限制所附权利要求所述的本发明范围。Before describing compounds and methods, it should be understood that the invention is not limited to the specific compounds, compositions, methods, protocols, cell lines, assays, and reagents described, as they may vary. It should also be understood that the terminology used herein is intended to describe specific embodiments of the invention and is not intended to limit the scope of the invention as described in the appended claims.
定义definition
应当注意,如本文所用,和如所附权利要求中所用,单数形式“一个”、“一种”和“所述”包括复数指代,除非上下文另有明确指示。It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
除非另有定义,此处所用的全部科技术语具有本发明所属领域的技术人员通常所理解的相同的含义。虽然类似或者等价于本文所述那些的任何方法和材料可以用于本发明的实践或者测试,但是现在描述的方法、装置和材料是优选的。本文所引用的全部公开文献以引用整体方式全部并入于此,目的是用于描述和公开文献中报道的可能与本发明一起使用的方法、试剂和工具。这并不意味着现有的发明提前公开了本发明的内容。Unless otherwise defined, all scientific and technical terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the art to which the present invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the methods, devices and materials described herein are preferred. All public documents cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for the purpose of describing and disclosing the methods, reagents and tools reported in the literature that may be used in conjunction with the present invention. This does not mean that the existing inventions disclose the content of the present invention in advance.
除非另有指示,本发明的实践将使用处于本领域技能中的化学、生物化学、分子生物学、细胞生物学、遗传学、免疫学和药理学的常规方法。这样的技术已在文献中被充分解释。参见例如Gennaro,A.R.,ed.(1990)Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences,第18版,Mack Publishing Co.;Colowick,S.等人,eds.,Methods In Enzymology,AcademicPress,Inc.;D.M.Weir,和C.C.Blackwell,eds.(1986)Handbook of ExperimentalImmunology,第I-IV卷,Blackwell Scientific Publications;Maniatis,T.等人,eds.(1989)Molecular Cloning:A Laboratory Manual,第2版,第I-III卷,Cold SpringHarbor Laboratory Press;Ausubel,F.M.等人,eds.(1999)Short Protocols inMolecular Biology,第4版,John Wiley&Sons;Ream等人,eds.(1998)Molecular BiologyTechniques:An Intensive Laboratory Course,Academic Press;Newton&Graham eds.(1997)PCR(Introduction to Biotechniques Series),第2版,Springer Verlag。Unless otherwise indicated, the practice of the present invention will employ conventional methods of chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, genetics, immunology and pharmacology, which are within the skill of the art and which are fully explained in the literature. See, e.g., Gennaro, A. R., ed. (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Co.; Colowick, S. et al., eds., Methods In Enzymology, Academic Press, Inc.; D. M. Weir, and C. C. Blackwell, eds. (1986) Handbook of Experimental Immunology, Vols. I-IV, Blackwell Scientific Publications; Maniatis, T. et al., eds. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Vols. I-III, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Ausubel, F. M. et al., eds. (1999) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4th ed., John Wiley &Sons; Ream et al., eds. (1998) Molecular Biology Techniques: An Intensive Laboratory Course, Academic Press; Newton & Graham eds. (1997) PCR (Introduction to Biotechniques Series), 2nd edition, Springer Verlag.
术语“烷基”指的是具有1-10个碳原子,更具体地1-5个碳原子和甚至更具体地1-3个碳原子的饱和单价烃基。这个术语是通过基团如甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、叔丁基、正戊基等来示例的。The term "alkyl" refers to a saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more specifically 1 to 5 carbon atoms and even more specifically 1 to 3 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, and the like.
术语“取代的烷基”指的是具有1-10个碳原子,更具体地1-5个碳原子的烷基,并且具有1-5个取代基或1-3个取代基,所述取代基各自独立地选自烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、氨基、取代的氨基、氨基酰基、氨基羰基氨基、氨基硫羰基氨基、氨基羰氧基、芳基、取代的芳基、芳氧基、取代的芳氧基、芳氧基芳基、取代的芳氧基芳基、氰基、卤素、羟基、硝基、氧代(oxo)、硫代(thioxo)、羧基、羧基酯、环烷基、取代的环烷基、硫代(thio)、烷硫基、取代的烷硫基、芳硫基、取代的芳硫基、环烷基硫基、取代的环烷基硫基、杂芳基硫基、取代的杂芳基硫基、杂环硫基、取代的杂环硫基、磺酰基、取代的磺酰基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环、取代的杂环、环烷氧基、取代的环烷氧基、杂芳氧基、取代的杂芳氧基、杂环氧基、取代的杂环氧基、氧羰基氨基、氧硫羰基氨基、-OS(O)2-烷基、-OS(O)2-取代的烷基、-OS(O)2-芳基、-OS(O)2-取代的芳基、-OS(O)2-杂芳基、-OS(O)2-取代的杂芳基、-OS(O)2-杂环、-OS(O)2-取代的杂环和-OSO2-NR40R40、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-烷基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-取代的烷基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-芳基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-取代的芳基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-杂芳基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-取代的杂芳基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-杂环和-NR40S(O)2-NR40-取代的杂环,其中每个R40独立地选自氢或者烷基。这个基团示例为基团例如三氟甲基、苄基、吡唑-1-基甲基等。The term "substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more specifically 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and having 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents, each of which is independently selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, aryloxyaryl, substituted aryloxyaryl, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, thioxo, hioxo), carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, thio, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, heterocyclicthio, substituted heterocyclicthio, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocycleoxy, substituted heterocycleoxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -OS(O) -OS(O) 2 - substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocycle, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heterocycle and -OSO2-NR40R40 , -NR40S ( O) 2- NR40 -alkyl, -NR40S (O)2 -NR40 -substituted alkyl, -NR40S (O) 2 - NR40 -aryl, -NR40S (O) 2 - NR40 -substituted aryl, -NR40S(O) 2- NR40 -heteroaryl, -NR40S (O) 2- NR40 -substituted heteroaryl, -NR40S (O) 2 - NR40 -substituted 40 -heterocycle and -NR 40 S(O) 2 -NR 40 -substituted heterocycle, wherein each R 40 is independently selected from hydrogen or alkyl. This group is exemplified by groups such as trifluoromethyl, benzyl, pyrazol-1-ylmethyl, and the like.
术语“烷氧基”指的是基团“烷基-O-”,其包括例如甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基、叔丁氧基、仲丁氧基、正戊氧基等。The term "alkoxy" refers to the group "alkyl-O-" which includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, and the like.
术语“取代的烷氧基”指的是基团“取代的烷基-O-”。The term "substituted alkoxy" refers to the group "substituted alkyl-O-."
术语“酰基”指的是基团H-C(O)-、烷基-C(O)-、取代的烷基-C(O)-、烯基-C(O)-、取代的烯基-C(O)-、炔基-C(O)-、取代的炔基-C(O)-、环烷基-C(O)-、取代的环烷基-C(O)-、芳基-C(O)-、取代的芳基-C(O)-、杂芳基-C(O)-、取代的杂芳基-C(O)、杂环-C(O)-和取代的杂环-C(O)-,条件是所述杂环或者取代的杂环的氮原子不连接到-C(O)-基团上,其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "acyl" refers to the groups H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)-, substituted alkyl-C(O)-, alkenyl-C(O)-, substituted alkenyl-C(O)-, alkynyl-C(O)-, substituted alkynyl-C(O)-, cycloalkyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)-, aryl-C(O)-, substituted aryl-C(O)-, heteroaryl-C(O)-, substituted heteroaryl-C(O), heterocycle-C(O)-, and substituted heterocycle-C(O)-, provided that the nitrogen atom of the heterocycle or substituted heterocycle is not attached to the -C(O)- group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“氨基酰基”或“酰胺”或者前缀“氨基甲酰”、“甲酰胺”、“取代的氨基甲酰”或者“取代的甲酰胺”指的是基团-C(O)NR42R42,其中每个R42独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环;或者其中每个R42结合以与氮原子一起形成杂环或者取代的杂环,其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "aminoacyl" or "amide" or the prefix "carbamoyl,""carboxamide,""substitutedcarbamoyl," or "substituted carboxamide" refers to the group -C(O) NR42R42 , wherein each R42 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle; or wherein each R42 is combined to form a heterocycle or substituted heterocycle together with the nitrogen atom, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“酰氧基”指的是基团烷基-C(O)O-、取代的烷基-C(O)O-、烯基-C(O)O-、取代的烯基-C(O)O-、炔基-C(O)O-、取代的炔基-C(O)O-、芳基-C(O)O-、取代的芳基-C(O)O-、环烷基-C(O)O-、取代的环烷基-C(O)O-、杂芳基-C(O)O-、取代的杂芳基-C(O)O-、杂环-C(O)O-和取代的杂环-C(O)O-,其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "acyloxy" refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkyl-C(O)O-, alkenyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkenyl-C(O)O-, alkynyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkynyl-C(O)O-, aryl-C(O)O-, substituted aryl-C(O)O-, cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, heteroaryl-C(O)O-, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)O-, heterocycle-C(O)O-, and substituted heterocycle-C(O)O-, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“烯基”指的是乙烯基不饱和单价烃基,其具有2-6个碳原子或者2-4个碳原子,且具有至少1个或者1-2个位点的乙烯基(>C=C<)不饱和度。这样的基团示例为乙烯基(乙烯-1-基)、烯丙基、丁-3-烯基等。适当的,这个术语包括E(反式)和Z(顺式)异构体二者。它还包括E和Z组分二者的混合物。The term "alkenyl" refers to an ethylenically unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical having 2-6 carbon atoms or 2-4 carbon atoms and having at least 1 or 1-2 sites of vinyl (>C=C<) unsaturation. Examples of such groups are vinyl (vinyl-1-yl), allyl, but-3-enyl, and the like. Where appropriate, this term includes both E (trans) and Z (cis) isomers. It also includes mixtures of both E and Z components.
术语“取代的烯基”指的是烯基,其具有1-3个取代基或者1-2个取代基,所述取代基选自烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、氨基、取代的氨基、氨基酰基、芳基、取代的芳基、芳氧基、取代的芳氧基、氰基、卤素、羟基、硝基、羧基、羧基酯、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环。适当的,这个术语包括E(反式)和Z(顺式)异构体二者。它还包括E和Z组分二者的混合物。The term "substituted alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group having 1-3 substituents or 1-2 substituents selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle. Suitably, this term includes both E (trans) and Z (cis) isomers. It also includes mixtures of both E and Z components.
术语“炔基”指的是乙炔不饱和单价烃基,其具有2-6个碳原子或者2-3个碳原子,且具有至少1个或者1-2个位点的乙炔(-C≡C-)不饱和度。这个基团示例为乙炔-1-基、丙炔-1-基、丙炔-2-基等。The term "alkynyl" refers to an acetylenically unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical having 2-6 carbon atoms or 2-3 carbon atoms and having at least 1 or 1-2 sites of acetylenic (-C≡C-) unsaturation. Examples of this group include ethyn-1-yl, propyn-1-yl, propyn-2-yl, and the like.
术语“取代的炔基”指的是具有1-3个取代基或者1-2个取代基的炔基,所述取代基选自烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、氨基、取代的氨基、氨基酰基、芳基、取代的芳基、芳氧基、取代的芳氧基、氰基、卤素、羟基、硝基、羧基、羧基酯、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环。这个基团示例为例如苯基乙炔基等基团。The term "substituted alkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group having 1-3 substituents or 1-2 substituents selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle. This group is exemplified by groups such as phenylethynyl.
术语“氨基”指的是基团–NH2。The term "amino" refers to the group -NH2 .
术语“取代的氨基”指的是基团–NR41R41,其中每个R41独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环、取代的杂环、磺酰基和取代的磺酰基,或者R41基团可以与氮原子结合在一起以形成杂环或取代的杂环;条件是并非两个R41基团都是氢。这个基团示例为苯基氨基、甲苯基氨基等。这个基团进一步示例为例如(乙酸-2-基)氨基等基团。The term "substituted amino" refers to the group -NR41R41 , where each R41 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, sulfonyl, and substituted sulfonyl, or the R41 group can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocycle or a substituted heterocycle; provided that not both R41 groups are hydrogen. This group is exemplified by phenylamino, tolylamino, and the like. This group is further exemplified by groups such as (acet-2-yl)amino.
术语“酰基氨基”指的是基团–NR45C(O)烷基、-NR45C(O)取代的烷基、-NR45C(O)环烷基、-NR45C(O)取代的环烷基、-NR45C(O)烯基、-NR45C(O)取代的烯基、-NR45C(O)炔基、-NR45C(O)取代的炔基、-NR45C(O)芳基、-NR45C(O)取代的芳基、-NR45C(O)杂芳基、-NR45C(O)取代的杂芳基、-NR45C(O)杂环和-NR45C(O)取代的杂环,其中R45是氢或者烷基,且其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "acylamino" refers to the groups -NR 45 C(O)alkyl, -NR 45 C(O)substituted alkyl, -NR 45 C(O)cycloalkyl, -NR 45 C(O)substituted cycloalkyl, -NR 45 C(O)alkenyl, -NR 45 C(O)substituted alkenyl, -NR 45 C(O)alkynyl, -NR 45 C(O)substituted alkynyl, -NR 45 C(O)aryl, -NR 45 C(O)substituted aryl, -NR 45 C(O)heteroaryl, -NR 45 C(O)substituted heteroaryl, -NR 45 C(O)heterocycle, and -NR 45 C(O)substituted heterocycle, wherein R 45 is hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“氧羰基氨基”指的是基团–NR46C(O)O-烷基、-NR46C(O)O-取代的烷基、-NR46C(O)O-链烯基、-NR46C(O)O-取代的链烯基、-NR46C(O)O-炔基、-NR46C(O)O-取代的炔基、-NR46C(O)O-环烷基、-NR46C(O)O-取代的环烷基、-NR46C(O)O-芳基、-NR46C(O)O-取代的芳基、-NR46C(O)O-杂芳基、-NR46C(O)O-取代的杂芳基、-NR46C(O)O-杂环和-NR46C(O)O-取代的杂环,其中R46是氢或者烷基,和其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "oxycarbonylamino" refers to the groups -NR46C (O)O-alkyl, -NR46C(O)O-substituted alkyl, -NR46C ( O)O-alkenyl, -NR46C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -NR46C (O)O-alkynyl, -NR46C (O)O-substituted alkynyl, -NR46C (O)O-cycloalkyl, -NR46C (O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, -NR46C (O)O-aryl, -NR46C (O)O-substituted aryl, -NR46C (O)O-heteroaryl, -NR46C (O)O-substituted heteroaryl, -NR46C (O)O-heterocycle, and -NR46C (O)O-substituted heterocycle , wherein R 46 is hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“氧硫羰基氨基”指的是基团–NR46C(S)O-烷基、-NR46C(S)O-取代的烷基、-NR46C(S)O-烯基、-NR46C(S)O-取代的烯基、-NR46C(S)O-炔基、-NR46C(S)O-取代的炔基、-NR46C(S)O-环烷基、-NR46C(S)O-取代的环烷基、-NR46C(S)O-芳基、-NR46C(S)O-取代的芳基、-NR46C(S)O-杂芳基、-NR46C(S)O-取代的杂芳基、-NR46C(S)O-杂环和-NR46C(S)O-取代的杂环,其中R46是氢或者烷基,且其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "thiocarbonylamino" refers to the groups -NR 46 C(S)O-alkyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted alkyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-alkenyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted alkenyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-alkynyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted alkynyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-cycloalkyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted cycloalkyl, -NR 46 C(S)O-aryl, -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted aryl, -NR 46 C(S)O-heteroaryl, -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted heteroaryl, -NR 46 C(S)O-heterocycle, and -NR 46 C(S)O-substituted heterocycle, wherein R 46 is hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“氨基羰氧基”或者前缀“氨基甲酰氧基”或者“取代的氨基甲酰氧基”指的是基团-OC(O)NR47R47,其中每个R47独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环;或者其中每个R47结合以与氮原子一起形成杂环或者取代的杂环,且其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环如本文所定义。The term "aminocarbonyloxy" or the prefix "carbamoyloxy" or "substituted carbamoyloxy" refers to the group -OC(O) NR47R47 , wherein each R47 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle; or wherein each R47 is combined to form a heterocycle or substituted heterocycle together with the nitrogen atom, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle are as defined herein.
术语“氨基羰基氨基”指的是基团–NR49C(O)N(R49)2,其中每个R49独立地选自氢和烷基。The term "aminocarbonylamino" refers to the group -NR49C (O)N( R49 ) 2 , wherein each R49 is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
术语“氨基硫羰基氨基”指的是基团–NR49C(S)N(R49)2,其中每个R49独立地选自氢和烷基。The term "aminothiocarbonylamino" refers to the group -NR49C (S)N( R49 ) 2 , wherein each R49 is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
术语“芳基(aryl)”或者“芳基(Ar)”指的是单价芳族6-14个碳原子碳环基团,具有单环(例如苯基)或者多个稠合环(例如萘基或者蒽基),所述稠合环可以是或者可以不是芳族的(例如2-苯并噁唑啉酮、2H-1,4-苯并噁嗪-3(4H)-酮-7-基等),条件是连接点是芳基。优选的芳基包括苯基和萘基。The term "aryl" or "aryl (Ar)" refers to a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of 6-14 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple fused rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthracenyl), which may or may not be aromatic (e.g., 2-benzoxazolinone, 2H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H)-on-7-yl, etc.), provided that the point of attachment is the aryl group. Preferred aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
如本文所定义,术语“取代的芳基”指的是用1-4个,特别是1-3个选自下组的取代基取代的芳基:羟基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、烷基、取代的烷基、烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、脒基(-C(=NH)-氨基或者取代的氨基)、氨基、取代的氨基、氨基酰基、氨基羰氧基、氨基羰基氨基、氨基硫羰基氨基、芳基、取代的芳基、芳氧基、取代的芳氧基、环烷氧基、取代的环烷氧基、杂芳氧基、取代的杂芳氧基、杂环氧基、取代的杂环氧基、羧基、羧基酯、氰基、硫代(thio)、烷硫基、取代的烷硫基、芳硫基、取代的芳硫基、杂芳基硫基、取代的杂芳基硫基、环烷基硫基、取代的环烷基硫基、杂环硫基、取代的杂环硫基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、胍基(-NH-C(=NH)-氨基或者取代的氨基)、卤素、硝基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环、取代的杂环、氧羰基氨基、氧硫羰基氨基、磺酰基、取代的磺酰基、-OS(O)2-烷基、-OS(O)2-取代的烷基、-OS(O)2-芳基、-OS(O)2-取代的芳基、-OS(O)2-杂芳基、-OS(O)2-取代的杂芳基、-OS(O)2-杂环、-OS(O)2-取代的杂环和-OSO2-NR51R51、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-烷基、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-取代的烷基、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-芳基、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-取代的芳基、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-杂芳基、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-取代的杂芳基、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-杂环、-NR51S(O)2-NR51-取代的杂环,其中每个R51独立地选自氢或者烷基,其中每个术语如本文所定义。这个基团示例为例如4-氟苯基、3-甲氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、4-叔丁基苯基、4-三氟甲基苯基、2-三氟甲氧基苯基、3-三氟甲氧基苯基、4-三氟甲氧基苯基、2-氯苯基、3-氯苯基、4-氯苯基、2-氯-6-氟苯基、2,4-二氯苯基、3,5-二氟苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、3-氰基苯基、4-氰基苯基、4-苯氧基苯基、4-甲烷磺酰基苯基、联苯-4-基等基团。As defined herein, the term "substituted aryl" refers to an aryl group substituted with 1 to 4, particularly 1 to 3, substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, amidino (-C(=NH)-amino or substituted amino), amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonyloxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cyano, thio, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, heteroarylthio, substituted heteroarylthio, cycloalkylthio, substituted cycloalkylthio, heterocyclylthio, substituted heterocyclylthio, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino (-NH-C(=NH)-amino or substituted amino), halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, -OS(O) -OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl , -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocycle, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heterocycle and -OSO2 - NR51R51 , -NR51S (O) 2- NR51 -alkyl, -NR51S (O)2 -NR51 -substituted alkyl, -NR51S (O) 2- NR51 -aryl, -NR51S(O) 2 - NR51 -substituted aryl, -NR51S (O) 2- NR51 -heteroaryl, -NR51S (O) 2- NR51 -substituted heteroaryl, -NR51S (O) 2 - NR51 -substituted -NR51 -heterocycle, -NR51S (O) 2- NR51 -substituted heterocycle, wherein each R51 is independently selected from hydrogen or alkyl, wherein each term is as defined herein. This group is exemplified by groups such as 4-fluorophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-fluorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, 4-methanesulfonylphenyl, and biphenyl-4-yl.
术语“芳氧基”指的是基团芳基-O-,其包括例如苯氧基、萘氧基等。The term "aryloxy" refers to the group aryl-O- which includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthoxy, and the like.
术语“取代的芳氧基”指的是取代的芳基-O-基团。The term "substituted aryloxy" refers to a substituted aryl-O- group.
术语“芳氧基芳基”指的是基团-芳基-O-芳基。The term "aryloxyaryl" refers to the group -aryl-O-aryl.
术语“取代的芳氧基芳基”指的是用1-3个取代基在任一个或者两个芳基环上取代的芳氧基芳基,所述芳环如上述取代的芳基中所定义。The term "substituted aryloxyaryl" refers to aryloxyaryl groups substituted with 1 to 3 substituents on either or both aryl rings, wherein the aryl rings are as defined above for substituted aryl.
术语“羧基”指的是–COOH或者其盐。The term "carboxyl" refers to -COOH or a salt thereof.
术语“羧基酯”指的是基团-C(O)O-烷基、-C(O)O-取代的烷基、-C(O)O-烯基、-C(O)O-取代的烯基、-C(O)O-炔基、–C(O)O-取代的炔基、-C(O)O-环烷基、-C(O)O-取代的环烷基、-C(O)O-芳基、-C(O)O-取代的芳基、-C(O)O-杂芳基、-C(O)O-取代的杂芳基、-C(O)O-杂环和-C(O)O-取代的杂环。The term "carboxyl ester" refers to the groups -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkyl, -C(O)O-alkenyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -C(O)O-alkynyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, -C(O)O-cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-aryl, -C(O)O-substituted aryl, -C(O)O-heteroaryl, -C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, -C(O)O-heterocycle, and -C(O)O-substituted heterocycle.
术语“氰基”指的是基团–CN。The term "cyano" refers to the group -CN.
术语“环烷基”指的是饱和的或者不饱和的但非芳族的成环烷基,具有3-10、3-8或者3-6个碳原子,其具有单环或者多环,包括例如金刚烷基、环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环辛基、环己烯基等。The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having 3-10, 3-8 or 3-6 carbon atoms, which has a single ring or multiple rings, including, for example, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, cyclohexenyl, etc.
术语“取代的环烷基”指的是具有1-5个选自下组的取代基的环烷基:氧代(oxo)(=O)、硫代(thioxo)(=S)、烷基、取代的烷基、烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、氨基、取代的氨基、氨基酰基、芳基、取代的芳基、芳氧基、取代的芳氧基、氰基、卤素、羟基、硝基、羧基、羧基酯、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环和取代的杂环。The term "substituted cycloalkyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group having 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo (=O), thioxo (=S), alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle.
术语“环烷氧基”指的是-O-环烷基。The term "cycloalkoxy" refers to an -O-cycloalkyl group.
术语“取代的环烷氧基”指的是-O-取代的环烷基。The term "substituted cycloalkoxy" refers to an -O-substituted cycloalkyl group.
术语“卤素(halo或halogen)”指的是氟、氯、溴或者碘。The term "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
术语“羟基”指的是基团–OH。The term "hydroxy" refers to the group -OH.
术语“杂芳基”指的是1-15个碳原子或者1-10个碳原子的芳族环,并且所述环内具有选自氧、氮和硫的1-4个杂原子。这样的杂芳基可以具有单个环(例如吡啶基、呋喃基或者噻吩基)或者多个稠合环(例如中氮茚基(indolizinyl)或苯并噻吩基),条件是连接点是通过含有杂原子的环,并且所述环是芳族的。氮和/或硫环原子可以任选地被氧化以提供N-氧化物或者亚砜和砜衍生物。杂芳基的实例包括但不限于:吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡咯基、吡唑基、吲哚基、硫苯基、噻吩基和呋喃基。The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic ring of 1 to 15 carbon atoms or 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and has 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur in the ring. Such heteroaryl can have a single ring (e.g., pyridyl, furyl or thienyl) or multiple fused rings (e.g., indolizinyl or benzothienyl), provided that the point of attachment is through a ring containing heteroatoms, and the ring is aromatic. Nitrogen and/or sulfur ring atoms can optionally be oxidized to provide N-oxides or sulfoxide and sulfone derivatives. Examples of heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, thienyl and furyl.
术语“取代的杂芳基”指的是用选自与取代的芳基所定义相同的取代基基团的1-3个取代基取代的杂芳基。这个基团示例为基团例如5-氟-吡啶-3-基、1-苄基-1H-[1,2,3]三唑-4-基、5-溴-呋喃-2-基、三氟甲基-2H-吡唑-3-基等。The term "substituted heteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl group substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the same substituent groups as defined for substituted aryl. This group is exemplified by groups such as 5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl, 1-benzyl-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-yl, 5-bromo-furan-2-yl, trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, and the like.
术语“杂芳氧基”指的是基团-O-杂芳基,“取代的杂芳氧基”指的是基团-O-取代的杂芳基。The term "heteroaryloxy" refers to the group -O-heteroaryl and "substituted heteroaryloxy" refers to the group -O-substituted heteroaryl.
术语“杂环基”和“杂环”在此是互换使用的。如本文所用,该术语指的是饱和或不饱和(但非芳族)基团,其具有单环或者多个稠合环,具有1-10个碳原子,且在所述环中具有选自氮、硫或氧的1-4个杂原子,其中在稠环体系中,一个或多个的所述环可以是芳基或者杂芳基,条件是连接点处于杂环上。氮和/或硫环原子可以任选地被氧化以提供N-氧化物或者亚砜和砜衍生物。The terms "heterocyclyl" and "heterocycle" are used interchangeably herein. As used herein, the term refers to a saturated or unsaturated (but non-aromatic) group having a single ring or multiple fused rings, having 1-10 carbon atoms, and having 1-4 heteroatoms in the ring selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen, wherein in the fused ring system, one or more of the rings may be aryl or heteroaryl, provided that the point of attachment is on the heterocycle. The nitrogen and/or sulfur ring atoms may optionally be oxidized to provide N-oxides or sulfoxide and sulfone derivatives.
术语“取代的杂环基”或者“取代的杂环”指的是用与取代的环烷基定义相同的1-3个取代基取代的杂环基基团。The term "substituted heterocyclyl" or "substituted heterocycle" refers to a heterocyclyl group substituted with 1 to 3 substituents as defined for substituted cycloalkyl.
杂环基和杂芳基的实例包括但不限于吖丁啶基、吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、吡啶基、吡嗪基、嘧啶基、哒嗪基、中氮茚基、异吲哚基、吲哚基、二氢吲哚基、吲唑基、嘌呤基、喹嗪基、异喹啉基、喹啉基、酞嗪基、萘基吡啶基、喹喔啉基、喹唑啉基、噌嗪基、喋啶基、咔唑基、咔啉基、菲啶基、吖啶基、菲咯啉基、异噻唑基、吩嗪基、异噁唑基、吩噁嗪基、吩噻嗪基、咪唑烷基、咪唑啉基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吲哚啉基、邻苯二甲酰亚胺基、1,2,3,4-四氢异喹啉基、4,5,6,7-四氢苯并[b]硫苯基、噻唑基、噻唑啉基、苯硫基、苯并[b]苯硫基、吗啉基、硫代吗啉基(也指的是硫吗啉基)、哌啶基、吡咯烷基、四氢呋喃基等。Examples of heterocyclic and heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthylpyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnozinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, isothiazolyl, , phenazinyl, isoxazolyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothiazinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolyl, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophenyl, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, phenylthio, benzo[b]phenylthio, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as thiomorpholinyl), piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, etc.
术语“硝基”指的是基团–NO2。The term "nitro" refers to the group -NO2 .
术语“氧代(oxo)”指的是原子(=O)或者原子(-O-)。The term "oxo" refers to the atom (=O) or the atom ( -O- ).
术语“磺酰基”指的是基团-S(O)2H。术语“取代的磺酰基”指的是基团-SO2-烷基、-SO2-取代的烷基、-SO2-烯基、-SO2-取代的烯基、-SO2-炔基、-SO2-取代的炔基、-SO2-环烷基、-SO2-取代的环烷基、-SO2-环烯基、-SO2-取代的环烯基、-SO2-芳基、-SO2-取代的芳基、-SO2-杂芳基、-SO2-取代的杂芳基、-SO2-杂环、-SO2-取代的杂环,其中烷基、取代的烷基、烯基、取代的烯基、炔基、取代的炔基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、环烯基、取代的环烯基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基如本文所定义。取代的磺酰基包括基团例如甲基-SO2-、苯基-SO2-和4-甲基苯基-SO2-。The term "sulfonyl" refers to the group -S(O) 2H . The term "substituted sulfonyl" refers to the groups -SO2 -alkyl, -SO2 -substituted alkyl, -SO2-alkenyl, -SO2 -substituted alkenyl, -SO2 -alkynyl, -SO2 -substituted alkynyl, -SO2 -cycloalkyl, -SO2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -SO2 -cycloalkenyl, -SO2 -substituted cycloalkenyl, -SO2 -aryl, -SO2 -substituted aryl, -SO2-heteroaryl, -SO2 -substituted heteroaryl, -SO2 -heterocycle, -SO2 -substituted heterocycle, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl , substituted alkenyl, alkynyl , substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl are as defined herein. Substituted sulfonyl groups include groups such as methyl- SO2- , phenyl- SO2- , and 4-methylphenyl- SO2- .
术语“杂环氧”指的是基团-O-杂环,“取代的杂环氧”指的是基团-O-取代的杂环。The term "heterocycleoxy" refers to the group -O-heterocycle, and "substituted heterocycleoxy" refers to the group -O-substituted heterocycle.
术语“硫代(thio)”或者“巯基(mercapto)”指的是基团-SH。The term "thio" or "mercapto" refers to the group -SH.
术语“烷基硫基”、“烷硫基”或者“硫醚”指的是基团-S-烷基,其中烷基定义同上。The term "alkylthio," "alkylthio," or "thioether" refers to the group -S-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above.
术语“取代的烷硫基”、“取代的烷基硫基”或者“取代的烷硫基”指的是基团-S-取代的烷基,其中取代的烷基定义同上。The term "substituted alkylthio," "substituted alkylthio," or "substituted alkylthio" refers to the group -S-substituted alkyl, wherein substituted alkyl is as defined above.
术语“环烷基硫基”或者“环烷基硫基”指的是基团-S-环烷基,其中环烷基定义同上。The term "cycloalkylthio" or "cycloalkylsulfanyl" refers to the group -S-cycloalkyl, where cycloalkyl is as defined above.
术语“取代的环烷基硫基”指的是基团-S-取代的环烷基,其中取代的环烷基定义同上。The term "substituted cycloalkylthio" refers to the group -S-substituted cycloalkyl, wherein substituted cycloalkyl is as defined above.
术语“芳硫基”或者“芳基硫基”指的是基团-S-芳基,和“取代的芳硫基”指的是基团-S-取代的芳基,其中芳基和取代的芳基定义同上。The term "arylthio" or "arylthio" refers to the group -S-aryl, and "substituted arylthio" refers to the group -S-substituted aryl, wherein aryl and substituted aryl are as defined above.
术语“杂芳基硫基”或者“杂芳基硫基”指的是基团-S-杂芳基,和“取代的杂芳基硫基”指的是基团-S-取代的杂芳基,其中杂芳基和取代的杂芳基定义同上。The term "heteroarylthio" or "heteroarylthio" refers to the group -S-heteroaryl, and "substituted heteroarylthio" refers to the group -S-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl are as defined above.
术语“杂环硫基”或者“杂环硫基”指的是基团-S-杂环,和“取代的杂环硫基”指的是基团-S-取代的杂环,其中杂环和取代的杂环定义同上。The term "heterocyclethio" or "heterocyclethio" refers to the group -S-heterocycle, and "substituted heterocyclethio" refers to the group -S-substituted heterocycle, wherein heterocycle and substituted heterocycle are as defined above.
术语“酯”指的是本文公开的化合物,其包括基团–COOR54,其中R54是烷基或者取代的烷基。The term "ester" refers to compounds disclosed herein that include the group -COOR54 , wherein R54 is alkyl or substituted alkyl.
术语“胺”指的是这样的有机化合物,其包括具有孤对电子的碱性氮原子。胺是氨的衍生物,其中一个或多个氢原子已经被取代基如烷基或芳基所代替。所述碱性氮原子也可以是杂环或者杂芳基环的一部分。The term "amine" refers to an organic compound that includes a basic nitrogen atom with a lone pair of electrons. Amines are derivatives of ammonia in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by a substituent such as an alkyl or aryl group. The basic nitrogen atom can also be part of a heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring.
应当理解,在全部上面定义的取代基团中,通过用另外的取代基将取代基定义为它们本身而达到的聚合物(例如具有取代的芳基作为取代基的取代的芳基,其本身是用取代的芳基取代的,等等)并不打算包括在其中。同样也不包括的是无限数目的取代基,无论所述取代基是相同的还是不同的。在这样的情况中,这样的取代基最大的数目是3个。以上每个定义因此受到一定限定的限制,例如取代的芳基限于-取代的芳基-(取代的芳基)-取代的芳基。It should be understood that in all of the above-defined substituted groups, polymers obtained by defining the substituents themselves with additional substituents (e.g., a substituted aryl having a substituted aryl as a substituent, which is itself substituted with a substituted aryl, etc.) are not intended to be included. Also not included is an unlimited number of substituents, whether the substituents are the same or different. In such cases, the maximum number of such substituents is 3. Each of the above definitions is therefore subject to certain limitations, for example, substituted aryl is limited to -substituted aryl-(substituted aryl)-substituted aryl.
同样应当理解,上面的定义并非打算包括不允许的取代形式(例如用5个氟基取代的甲基,或者在乙烯基或者乙炔基不饱和度的α位置的羟基)。这样的不允许的取代形式是本领域技术人员公知的。It should also be understood that the above definition is not intended to include impermissible substitution patterns (e.g., a methyl group substituted with five fluoro groups, or a hydroxyl group alpha to vinyl or ethynyl unsaturation). Such impermissible substitution patterns are well known to those skilled in the art.
术语化合物和分子是互换使用的。当使用措词“分子”或“化合物”时,本发明所预期的其他形式是盐、前药、溶剂化物、互变异构体、立体异构体和立体异构体混合物。在一些实施方案中,所述盐是药用盐。The terms compound and molecule are used interchangeably. When the wording "molecule" or "compound" is used, other forms contemplated by the present invention are salts, prodrugs, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, and mixtures of stereoisomers. In some embodiments, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
术语“药用”指的是从毒物学和/或安全的观点来说对患者(例如人类患者)可以接受的性能和/或物质。The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to properties and/or substances that are acceptable to a patient (eg, a human patient) from a toxicological and/or safety standpoint.
术语“盐”表示本发明化合物的盐,其可以用相对无毒的酸或碱来制备,这取决于在本文所述的化合物上所发现的具体的取代基。当本发明的化合物包含相对酸性的官能度(例如-COOH基团)时,碱加成盐可以通过将所述化合物(例如中性形式的这样的化合物)与足够量的期望的碱(纯的或者在合适的惰性溶剂中)接触来获得。药用碱加成盐的实例包括锂、钠、钾、钙、铵、有机氨基、镁和铝盐等。当本发明的化合物包含相对碱性的官能度(例如胺)时,酸加成盐可以例如通过将所述化合物(例如中性形式的这样的化合物)与足够量的期望的酸(纯的或者在合适的惰性溶剂中)接触来获得。药用酸加成盐的实例包括衍生自无机酸如盐酸、氢溴酸、硝酸、碳酸、单氢碳酸、磷酸、二磷酸、单氢磷酸、二氢磷酸、硫酸、单氢硫酸、氢碘酸等的那些,以及衍生自相对无毒的有机酸如甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、苹果酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、富马酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸、甲烷磺酸、2-羟乙基磺酸、水杨酸、硬脂酸等的盐。还包括氨基酸的盐例如精氨酸盐等,和有机酸的盐如葡糖醛酸或者半乳糖醛酸等(参见例如Berge等人,Journal of Pharmaceutical Science,1977,66:1-19)。本发明某些特殊化合物同时包含碱性和酸性官能度二者,其使得所述化合物转化成碱或酸加成盐。另外,抗衡离子可以使用本领域已知的常规方法来交换。The term "salt" refers to salts of the compounds of the present invention, which can be prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the specific substituents found on the compounds described herein. When the compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic functionalities (e.g., -COOH groups), base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the compound (e.g., a neutralized form of such a compound) with a sufficient amount of the desired base (either neat or in a suitable inert solvent). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, magnesium, and aluminum salts, among others. When the compounds of the present invention contain relatively basic functionalities (e.g., amines), acid addition salts can be obtained, for example, by contacting the compound (e.g., a neutralized form of such a compound) with a sufficient amount of the desired acid (either neat or in a suitable inert solvent). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, monohydrogencarbonic acid, phosphoric acid, diphosphoric acid, monohydrogenphosphoric acid, dihydrogenphosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, monohydrogensulfuric acid, hydroiodic acid, and the like, as well as salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, methanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginine salts and the like, and salts of organic acids such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66: 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functionalities, which allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts. Additionally, counterions can be exchanged using conventional methods known in the art.
所述中性形式的化合物可以例如通过将所述盐与碱或酸接触,并且以常规形式分离母体化合物来再生。所述母体形式的化合物可以与不同的盐形式具有某些不同的物理性能,例如在极性溶剂中的溶解度,但在其他方面,为本发明公开的目的,所述盐等价于母体形式的化合物。The neutral form of the compound can be regenerated, for example, by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in a conventional manner. The parent form of the compound may have certain physical properties that differ from those of the different salt forms, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise, the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of this disclosure.
当化合物包括带负电荷的氧原子“O-”例如在“-COO-”中时,则所述式表示任选地包括质子或者有机或无机阳离子抗衡离子(例如Na+)。在一个实例中,所形成的盐形式的化合物是药用的。此外,当本发明的化合物包括酸性基团例如羧酸基团如写作取代基“–COOH”、“-CO2H”或者“-C(O)2H”时,则该式表示任选地包括相应的“脱质子化”形式的酸性基团例如分别是“-COO-”、“-CO2 -”或“-C(O)2 -”。When a compound includes a negatively charged oxygen atom "O- " , such as in " -COO- ", the formula represents the optional inclusion of a proton or an organic or inorganic cationic counterion (e.g., Na + ). In one embodiment, the compound is pharmaceutically acceptable in salt form. In addition, when a compound of the present invention includes an acidic group, such as a carboxylic acid group, such as the substituent "-COOH", " -CO2H " or "-C(O) 2H ", the formula represents the optional inclusion of the corresponding "deprotonated" form of the acidic group, such as " -COO- ", " -CO2- " or "-C(O) 2- " , respectively .
同样的,当化合物包括带正电荷的氮原子“N+”时,则所述式表示任选地包括有机或无机阴离子抗衡离子(例如Cl-)。在一个实例中,所形成的盐形式的化合物是药用的。此外,当本发明的化合物包括碱性基团例如胺时,则所述式表示任选地包括相应的“质子化”形式的碱性基团例如“NH+”。Similarly, when a compound includes a positively charged nitrogen atom "N + ", the formula may optionally include an organic or inorganic anionic counterion (e.g., Cl - ). In one embodiment, the salt form of the compound formed is pharmaceutically acceptable. In addition, when a compound of the present invention includes a basic group such as an amine, the formula may optionally include the corresponding "protonated" form of the basic group, such as "NH + ".
本发明的化合物可以以全部的互变异构体形式存在,因此全部的互变异构体形式和互变异构体混合物包括在其中公开的化合物中。The compounds of the present invention may exist in all tautomeric forms and therefore all tautomeric forms and tautomeric mixtures are included in the compounds disclosed therein.
本发明的化合物还可以以具体的几何形状或立体异构体形式存在。本发明预期全部这样的化合物,包括顺式-和反式-异构体、(-)-和(+)-对映异构体、非对映异构体、(D)-异构体、(L)-异构体、其外消旋混合物及其的其他混合物,如富含对映异构的或者非对映异构的混合物,落入本发明的范围内。另外非对称碳原子可以存在于取代基例如烷基中。全部这样的异构体及其混合物旨在包括在本发明中。当本文所述的化合物包含烯属双键或者其他几何不对称中心时,并且除非另有明确指示,否则其目的是所述化合物包括E和Z几何异构体二者。Compounds of the present invention can also exist in concrete geometric shape or stereoisomeric form. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-isomers, (-)- and (+)-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, its racemic mixture and other mixtures thereof, as rich in enantiomerical or diastereomeric mixtures, fall within the scope of the present invention. In addition, asymmetric carbon atoms can be present in substituents such as alkyl. All such isomers and mixtures thereof are intended to be included in the present invention. When compounds as herein described comprise olefinic double bonds or other geometric asymmetric centers, and unless otherwise clearly indicated, it is intended that the compound include both E and Z geometric isomers.
光学活性的(R)-和(S)-异构体和d和l异构体可以使用手性合成纤维或者手性试剂来制备,或者使用常规技术来分解。外消旋物的拆分可以例如通过常规方法来完成,例如在拆分剂存在下结晶;使用例如手性HPLC色谱柱进行色谱分析;或者用拆分剂衍生所述外消旋混合物以产生非对映异构体,经由色谱法分离所述非对映异构体,和除去拆分剂以产生富含对映异构体形式的初始化合物。可以重复上述任一程序来提高化合物的对映异构体纯度。如果例如本发明的具体对映异构体化合物是期望的,则它可以通过非对称合成或者通过用手性助剂衍生来制备,其中分离所形成的非对映异构体混合物,并且裂化所述辅助基团以提供纯的期望的对映异构体。可选择地,在其中所述分子包含碱性官能团如氨基或者酸性官能团如羧基的情况中,非对映异构体盐可以用适当的光学活性酸或碱来形成,随后通过本领域已知的分步结晶或者色谱法手段来拆分因此形成的非对映异构体,和随后回收纯的对映异构体。另外,对映异构体和非对映异构体的分离经常使用色谱法来完成,其使用手性固定相,任选地与化学衍生(例如由胺来形成氨基甲酸盐)相组合。Optically active (R)- and (S)-isomers and d and l isomers can be prepared using chiral synthetic fibers or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. The resolution of the racemate can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods, such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent; chromatographic analysis using, for example, a chiral HPLC column; or derivatizing the racemic mixture with a resolving agent to produce diastereomers, separating the diastereomers via chromatography, and removing the resolving agent to produce the initial compound enriched in enantiomer form. Any of the above procedures can be repeated to improve the enantiomeric purity of the compound. If, for example, a specific enantiomeric compound of the present invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, wherein the diastereomeric mixture formed is separated, and the auxiliary group is cracked to provide the pure desired enantiomer. Alternatively, in cases where the molecule contains a basic functional group such as an amino group or an acidic functional group such as a carboxyl group, diastereomeric salts can be formed with appropriate optically active acids or bases, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatography means known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers. Additionally, separation of enantiomers and diastereomers is often accomplished using chromatography using a chiral stationary phase, optionally in combination with chemical derivatization (e.g., formation of carbamates from amines).
术语“反应条件”旨在表示化学反应在其下进行的物理和/或环境条件。反应条件的实例包括但不限于下面的一种或多种:反应温度、溶剂、pH、压力、反应时间、反应物摩尔比、碱或酸,或者催化剂的存在等。反应条件可以在其中使用所述条件的具体化学反应之后命名,例如偶合条件、氢化条件、酰基化条件、还原条件等。大部分反应的反应条件通常是本领域技术人员已知的或者能够通过文献容易的获得。还可以预期的是所述反应条件可以包括除了具体反应所列的那些之外的试剂。The term "reaction conditions" is intended to represent the physical and/or environmental conditions under which a chemical reaction is carried out. Examples of reaction conditions include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: temperature of reaction, solvent, pH, pressure, reaction time, reactant molar ratio, base or acid, or the presence of a catalyst. Reaction conditions can be named after the specific chemical reaction in which they are used, such as coupling conditions, hydrogenation conditions, acylation conditions, reduction conditions, etc. The reaction conditions for most reactions are typically known to those skilled in the art or can be easily obtained through the literature. It is also contemplated that the reaction conditions may include reagents other than those listed for the specific reaction.
术语“氨基保护性基团”指的是那些有机基团,其目的是保护氮原子抗在合成方法过程中不期望的反应,并且包括但不限于甲硅烷基醚,如2-(三甲基甲硅烷基)乙氧基甲基(SEM)醚,或者烷氧基甲基醚如甲氧基甲基(MOM)醚、叔丁氧基甲基(BUM)醚、苄氧基甲基(BOM)醚或甲氧基乙氧基甲基(MEM)醚。另外的保护性基团包括叔丁基、乙酰基、苄基、苄氧基羰基(碳苄氧基,CBZ)、对甲氧基苄氧基羰基、对硝基苄氧基羰基、叔丁氧基羰基(BOC)、三氟乙酰基等。The term "amino protecting group" refers to those organic groups whose purpose is to protect the nitrogen atom against undesirable reactions during the synthetic method, and includes, but is not limited to, silyl ethers such as 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM) ether, or alkoxymethyl ethers such as methoxymethyl (MOM) ether, tert-butoxymethyl (BUM) ether, benzyloxymethyl (BOM) ether, or methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM) ether. Additional protecting groups include tert-butyl, acetyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (carbonylbenzyloxy, CBZ), p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), trifluoroacetyl, and the like.
某些保护性基团会优于其他保护性基团,这归因于它们的便利性或者相对易于除去,或者归因于它们在随后的加工步骤中的立体效应。另外合适的氨基保护性基团在T.W.Greene和P.G.M.Wuts,Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis,第三版,Wiley,纽约,1999和其中引用的参考文献教导,在此以引用方式将其全部并入本文。Certain protecting groups are preferred over others due to their convenience or relative ease of removal, or due to their steric effects in subsequent processing steps. Additional suitable amino protecting groups are taught in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed., Wiley, New York, 1999, and references cited therein, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
术语“无水反应条件”旨在表示其中排除水的反应条件。这样的条件是本领域技术人员已知的,并且通常包括一种或多种的干燥或者蒸馏的溶剂和试剂,干燥的反应容器,和/或存在着干燥剂如活化的分子筛、硫酸镁、硫酸钠等。The term "anhydrous reaction conditions" is intended to mean reaction conditions in which water is excluded. Such conditions are known to those skilled in the art and typically include one or more dry or distilled solvents and reagents, a dry reaction vessel, and/or the presence of a desiccant such as activated molecular sieves, magnesium sulfate, sodium sulfate, and the like.
术语“氢化条件”或者“氢化反应条件”旨在表示用于形成一种或多种新的C-H键的合适条件和催化剂。氢化条件或氢化反应条件通常包括催化剂例如基于铂族金属(铂、钯、铑和钌)的那些(例如Pd/C或PtO2)。The term "hydrogenation conditions" or "hydrogenation reaction conditions" is intended to mean suitable conditions and catalysts for forming one or more new C-H bonds. Hydrogenation conditions or hydrogenation reaction conditions typically include catalysts such as those based on platinum group metals (platinum, palladium, rhodium, and ruthenium) (e.g., Pd/C or PtO2 ).
术语“惰性气氛”旨在表示这样的气氛,其包括在期望的反应方法过程中不与反应物和试剂反应的气体。通常惰性气氛不包括氧气和/或湿气。示例性的气体包括氮气和氩气。The term "inert atmosphere" is intended to mean an atmosphere comprising gases that do not react with the reactants and reagents during the desired reaction process. Typically, an inert atmosphere does not include oxygen and/or moisture. Exemplary gases include nitrogen and argon.
术语“在压力下”旨在表示在大于1大气压的压力下进行的反应条件。这样的反应可以在帕而氢化器中或者在密封反应容器(即,螺帽封闭的烧瓶)中进行,其中反应是在加热下进行的,以使得溶剂蒸发以提高所述反应容器中的压力。The term "under pressure" is intended to mean reaction conditions carried out at a pressure greater than 1 atmosphere. Such reactions can be carried out in a Parr hydrogenator or in a sealed reaction vessel (i.e., a screw-capped flask) where the reaction is carried out under heating to allow the solvent to evaporate to increase the pressure in the reaction vessel.
术语“酸”旨在表示这样的化学物质,其能够贡献质子或者接受来自另一物质的一对电子。酸的实例包括有机酸,如羧酸(例如乳酸、乙酸、甲酸、柠檬酸、草酸、尿酸等)和磺酸(例如甲烷磺酸、对甲苯磺酸),无机酸(例如盐酸、硝酸、磷酸、硫酸、硼酸、氢氟酸、氢溴酸),路易斯酸等。术语“路易斯酸”在此用于表示这样的分子或离子,其能够通过与来自第二分子或离子的两个电子形成共价键,而与另一分子或离子结合。对于用于本发明的方法来说,路易斯酸被认为是缺乏电子的物质,其能够接受一对电子。能够用于本发明的路易斯酸的实例是金属的阳离子和它们的络合物,包括镁、钙、铝、锌、钛、铬、铜、硼、锡、汞、铁、锰、镉、镓和钡。它们的络合物可以包括氢氧化物、烷基、醇盐、卤化物和有机酸配体例如乙酸酯。用于本发明方法的优选的路易斯酸的实例是钛醇盐,特别是Ti(OEt)4,其另外的具有脱水性能。The term "acid" is intended to represent a chemical substance that can contribute a proton or accept a pair of electrons from another substance. Examples of acids include organic acids, such as carboxylic acids (e.g., lactic acid, acetic acid, formic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, uric acid, etc.) and sulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid), inorganic acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, boric acid, hydrofluoric acid, hydrobromic acid), Lewis acids, etc. The term "Lewis acid" is used herein to represent a molecule or ion that can form a covalent bond with two electrons from a second molecule or ion, and bind to another molecule or ion. For methods of the present invention, Lewis acids are considered to be substances lacking electrons that can accept a pair of electrons. Examples of Lewis acids that can be used for the present invention are metal cations and their complexes, including magnesium, calcium, aluminum, zinc, titanium, chromium, copper, boron, tin, mercury, iron, manganese, cadmium, gallium, and barium. Their complexes can include hydroxides, alkyls, alkoxides, halides, and organic acid ligands such as acetate. Examples of preferred Lewis acids for use in the process of the invention are titanium alkoxides, in particular Ti(OEt) 4 , which additionally have dehydrating properties.
术语“碱”旨在表示这样的化学物质,其是质子受体。用于本发明的合适的碱包括无机或者有机碱。无机碱的实例包括但不限于氢氧化钾(KOH)、氢氧化钡(Ba(OH)2)、氢氧化铯(CsOH)、氢氧化钠(NaOH)、氢氧化锶(Sr(OH)2)、氢氧化钙(Ca(OH)2)、氢氧化锂(LiOH)、氢氧化铷(RbOH)和氢氧化镁(Mg(OH)2)。有机碱可以是中性或者带负电荷的化合物,其通常包括氮原子如胺和含氮的杂环化合物。中性含氮的有机碱的实例包括氨、吡啶、甲基胺、咪唑、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶、4-(二甲基氨基)吡啶等。带负电荷的有机碱的实例包括烷基锂试剂、二烷基酰胺锂、烷基氧化锂、烷基卤化镁等。The term "base" is intended to refer to a chemical substance that is a proton acceptor. Suitable bases for use in the present invention include inorganic or organic bases. Examples of inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, potassium hydroxide (KOH), barium hydroxide (Ba(OH) 2 ), cesium hydroxide (CsOH), sodium hydroxide (NaOH), strontium hydroxide (Sr(OH) 2 ), calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH) 2 ), lithium hydroxide (LiOH), rubidium hydroxide (RbOH), and magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH) 2 ). Organic bases can be neutral or negatively charged compounds, which typically include nitrogen atoms such as amines and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds. Examples of neutral nitrogen-containing organic bases include ammonia, pyridine, methylamine, imidazole, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, and the like. Examples of negatively charged organic bases include alkyl lithium reagents, dialkyl lithium amides, alkyl lithium oxides, alkyl magnesium halides, and the like.
方法method
本发明提供了用于合成不同的取代的异喹啉化合物的方法,和由此获得的中间体化合物。所述方法能够大规模地安全和有效制备异喹啉化合物,例如可预期商业化生产这样的化合物。The present invention provides methods for synthesizing various substituted isoquinoline compounds, and intermediate compounds obtained thereby. The methods enable safe and efficient large-scale preparation of isoquinoline compounds, e.g., for the anticipated commercial production of such compounds.
本发明方法优于以前公开的那些的一个优点是,本发明公开的方法不需要分离区域异构体。例如在Suzuki等人(在前面)、Weidmann等人(在前面)和US专利No.7629357中公开的方法提供了5-和8-取代的异喹啉化合物或6-和7-取代的异喹啉化合物的区域异构体混合物,其然后使用常规的色谱法来分离。但是,这样的分离并非理想的,因为所述步骤的最大理论产率仅仅会是50%。One advantage of the present method over previously disclosed methods is that the present method does not require separation of regioisomers. For example, the methods disclosed in Suzuki et al. (supra), Weidmann et al. (supra), and U.S. Patent No. 7,629,357 provide a mixture of regioisomers of 5- and 8-substituted isoquinoline compounds or 6- and 7-substituted isoquinoline compounds, which are then separated using conventional chromatography. However, such separations are not ideal, as the maximum theoretical yield of the step is only 50%.
本发明方法优于以前公开的那些的另一优点是,本发明公开的方法不使用有害的和/或昂贵的试剂。具体地,本发明公开的方法避免了卤化步骤和因此避免了试剂如氯氧化磷和溴氧化磷(参见例如在US专利No.7323475中在先公开的合成,其描述在方案E herein,E-400到E-500中)。这些试剂对黏膜、上呼吸道、眼睛和皮肤的组织具有极大的破坏性。另外,所述方法避免了试剂如正丁基锂和三甲基环三硼氧烷,这二者需要特殊的处理程序,因为它们对于湿气具有非常大的反应性。所以,本发明公开的方法优于这类利用非理想试剂的方法。Another advantage of the inventive method over those previously disclosed is that the method disclosed in the present invention does not use harmful and/or expensive reagents. Specifically, the method disclosed in the present invention avoids the halogenation step and therefore avoids reagents such as phosphorus oxychloride and phosphorus oxybromide (see, for example, the synthesis previously disclosed in US Patent No. 7,323,475, which is described in Scheme E herein, E-400 to E-500). These reagents are extremely destructive to the tissues of mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, eyes, and skin. In addition, the method avoids reagents such as n-butyl lithium and trimethylcyclotriboroxine, both of which require special processing procedures because they have very large reactivity with respect to moisture. Therefore, the method disclosed in the present invention is superior to the method of this type of non-ideal reagents.
本发明的方法使用起始化合物,其可以由容易获得的起始材料或者本文公开的化合物,使用例如下面的通用方法和程序来制备。可以理解在给定了典型的或者优选的加工条件(即,反应温度、时间、反应物摩尔比、溶剂、压力等)的情况下,除非另有指示也可以使用其他加工条件。最佳反应条件可以随着所用的具体反应物或溶剂而变化,但是这样的条件可以由本领域技术人员通过常规的优化程序来确定。The method of the present invention uses a starting compound, which can be prepared from readily available starting materials or compounds disclosed herein using, for example, the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that given typical or preferred processing conditions (i.e., reaction temperature, time, reactant molar ratio, solvent, pressure, etc.), other processing conditions may be used unless otherwise indicated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the specific reactants or solvents used, but such conditions may be determined by conventional optimization procedures by those skilled in the art.
另外,对本领域技术人员来说很显然的,为了防止某些官能团经历不期望的反应,常规的保护性基团会是必需的。用于不同的官能团的合适的保护性基团以及用于保护和脱保护具体官能团的合适的条件是本领域公知的。例如,众多的保护性基团描述在T.W.Greene和G.M.Wuts(1999)Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis,第3版,Wiley,纽约和在其中引用的参考文献。In addition, it is obvious to those skilled in the art that, in order to prevent some functional groups from experiencing undesirable reactions, conventional protecting groups can be necessary. Suitable protecting groups for different functional groups and suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting specific functional groups are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in T.W.Greene and G.M.Wuts (1999) Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, the 3rd edition, Wiley, New York and the references cited therein.
此外,本发明的方法可以使用包括一种或多种手性中心的化合物。因此,如果需要,这样的化合物可以作为纯立体异构体,即作为单个对映异构体或者非对映异构体,或者作为富含立体异构体的混合物来制备或分离。全部这样的立体异构体(和富含的混合物)包括在本发明的范围内,除非另有指示。纯立体异构体(或者富含的混合物)可以使用例如本领域公知的光学活性起始材料或者立体选择性试剂来制备。或者,这样的化合物的外消旋混合物可以使用例如手性柱色谱法、手性拆分剂等来分离。In addition, the method of the present invention can use compounds comprising one or more chiral centers. Therefore, if desired, such compounds can be prepared or separated as pure stereoisomers, i.e., as single enantiomers or diastereomers, or as mixtures enriched in stereoisomers. All such stereoisomers (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of the present invention unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) can be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents well known in the art. Alternatively, the racemic mixture of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiral column chromatography, chiral resolving agents, etc.
用于下面的反应的起始材料是通常已知的化合物或者能够通过已知的程序或者其明显的变体来制备。例如许多起始材料获自市售供应商例如Aldrich Chemical Co.(美国威斯康星州密尔沃基),Bachem(美国加州托兰斯),Emka-Chemce或者Sigma(美国密苏里州的圣路易斯)。其他可以通过常规参考文献中所述的程序或者其明显的变体来制备,例如Fieser和Fieser的Reagents for Organic Synthesis,第1-15卷(John Wiley,和Sons,1991),Rodd的Chemistry of Carbon Compounds,第1-5卷,和附录(Elsevier SciencePublishers,1989),Organic Reactions,第1-40卷(John Wiley,和Sons,1991),March的Advanced Organic Chemistry,(John Wiley,和Sons,第5版,2001),和Larock的Comprehensive Organic Transformations(VCH Publishers Inc.,1989)。The starting materials for the following reactions are generally known compounds or can be prepared by known procedures or their obvious variations. For example, many starting materials are available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA), Bachem (Torrance, California, USA), Emka-Chemce or Sigma (St. Louis, Missouri, USA). Others can be prepared by the procedures described in conventional reference texts, such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5, and Supplements (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989), Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley, and Sons, 5th edition, 2001), and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), or obvious variations thereof.
在一个方面,本发明涉及一种制备式I的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In one aspect, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula I or a stereoisomer or a mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
所述方法包括在足以产生式I化合物的条件下,将式II的化合物与式III的化合物接触:The method comprises contacting a compound of Formula II with a compound of Formula III under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula I:
其中in
Z是O、NR1或S;Z is O, NR 1 or S;
R1选自氢和烷基; R1 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl;
R2选自氢和烷基,其是未取代的或者用独立地选自环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基中一种或多种取代基取代的; R2 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO-或–SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO— or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基或取代的杂芳基;or R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、取代的烷基、烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基和–X2R10;R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, and -X 2 R 10 ;
其中X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;wherein X 2 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 13 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10选自烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基;和R 10 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者当X2是–NR13-时,则R10和R13与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团;和or when X 2 is —NR 13 —, then R 10 and R 13 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group; and
每个R11独立地选自烷基、苄基或芳基,或者两个R11与和它们连接的氮原子一起形成4-8元杂环基或杂芳基。Each R 11 is independently selected from an alkyl group, a benzyl group or an aryl group, or two R 11 s together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclic group or heteroaryl group.
在具体的实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式IA的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In a specific embodiment, the present invention is directed to a process for preparing a compound of formula IA, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括在足以产生式IA化合物的条件下,将式IIA的化合物与式III的化合物接触:It comprises contacting a compound of Formula IIA with a compound of Formula III under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IA:
其中R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义。wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I.
所述反应可以在冰醋酸或者极性非质子溶剂如二噁烷、四氢呋喃(THF)、二甲基甲酰胺(DMF)或者二甲基乙酰胺(DMAc)中进行,以使用或者不使用酸催化剂产生式I或IA的化合物。在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括酸。所述酸可以选自例如乙酸、三氟乙酸、硫酸、盐酸或者酸性离子交换树脂。在不同的实施方案中,可以使用大约0.1-14摩尔当量的酸。在一些实施方案中,所述酸是冰醋酸。在一些实施方案中,使用至少大约2摩尔当量的冰醋酸。在具体的实施方案中,使用大约7-大约8摩尔当量的冰醋酸。The reaction can be carried out in glacial acetic acid or a polar aprotic solvent such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF) or dimethylacetamide (DMAc) to produce a compound of Formula I or IA with or without an acid catalyst. In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include an acid. The acid can be selected from, for example, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid or an acidic ion exchange resin. In various embodiments, about 0.1-14 molar equivalents of acid can be used. In some embodiments, the acid is glacial acetic acid. In some embodiments, at least about 2 molar equivalents of glacial acetic acid are used. In specific embodiments, about 7-about 8 molar equivalents of glacial acetic acid are used.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在惰性气氛下如氩气或氮气氛下进行的。在一些实施方案中,所述反应是在氮气氛下进行的。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere such as argon or nitrogen. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件是无水反应条件。这样的条件通常包括干燥性试剂(例如分子筛),所述反应在惰性气氛下进行等。这样的方法是本领域公知的。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions are anhydrous reaction conditions. Such conditions typically include drying reagents (e.g., molecular sieves), the reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, etc. Such methods are well known in the art.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在室温(大约25℃)-110℃的温度和0-60psi的压力进行的。在一些实施方案中,所述反应是在升高的温度(即,大于大约30℃的温度)进行的。例如所述温度范围可以是大约50℃-大约60℃。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature (approximately 25° C.) and 110° C. and a pressure between 0 and 60 psi. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out at an elevated temperature (i.e., a temperature greater than about 30° C.). For example, the temperature range can be about 50° C. to about 60° C.
在某些实施方案中,使用大约1.1-大约1.5摩尔当量式III的化合物。In certain embodiments, about 1.1 to about 1.5 molar equivalents of the compound of Formula III are used.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在冰醋酸中于大约50℃-大约60℃的温度范围下进行的;并且式III的化合物的R11是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out in glacial acetic acid at a temperature ranging from about 50°C to about 60°C; and R 11 of the compound of formula III is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在冰醋酸中在氮气氛下和大约50℃-大约60℃的温度范围下进行的;并且式III的化合物的R11是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out in glacial acetic acid under a nitrogen atmosphere at a temperature range of about 50°C to about 60°C; and R 11 of the compound of formula III is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在大约7-大约8摩尔当量冰醋酸中于大约50℃-大约60℃的温度范围中进行的,并且使用大约1.1-大约1.5摩尔当量的式III的化合物,其中R11是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out in about 7 to about 8 molar equivalents of glacial acetic acid at a temperature range of about 50°C to about 60°C and using about 1.1 to about 1.5 molar equivalents of a compound of formula III wherein R 11 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在大约7-大约8摩尔当量的冰醋酸中在氮气氛下于大约50℃-大约60℃的温度范围下进行的,并且使用大约1.1-大约1.5摩尔当量的式III的化合物,其中R11是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out in about 7 to about 8 molar equivalents of glacial acetic acid under a nitrogen atmosphere at a temperature range of about 50°C to about 60°C and using about 1.1 to about 1.5 molar equivalents of a compound of formula III wherein R 11 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,式III的化合物的R11是C1-C4烷基。在某些实施方案中,式III的化合物包括式IIIA的化合物:In certain embodiments, R 11 of the compound of formula III is C 1 -C 4 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula III includes a compound of formula IIIA:
在另一个方面,本发明涉及一种制备式IV的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In another aspect, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula IV or a stereoisomer or a mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
所述方法包括在足以产生式IV化合物的条件下,将式I的化合物与下面之一接触:The method comprises contacting a compound of Formula I with one of the following under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IV:
(a)式的化合物、随后与式的化合物接触;(a) a compound of formula, followed by contacting with a compound of formula;
(b)式R12-X3的化合物、随后与式的化合物接触;或者(b) a compound of formula R 12 -X 3 , followed by contacting with a compound of formula; or
(c)式V的化合物:(c) Compounds of formula V:
其中in
X3是卤素;X 3 is a halogen;
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基,或者当存在两个R12时,两个R12与和它们连接的碳原子一起形成4-8元杂环基;和R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, or when there are two R 12 , the two R 12 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclyl; and
Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义。Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I.
在一种实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式IVA的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula IVA, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括在足以产生式IVA化合物的条件下,将式IA的化合物与式V的化合物接触:It comprises contacting a compound of Formula IA with a compound of Formula V under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IVA:
其中in
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基,或者当存在两个R12时,两个R12与和它们连接的碳原子一起形成4-8元杂环基;和R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, or when there are two R 12 , the two R 12 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclyl; and
R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义。R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I.
所述反应可以在冰乙酸或者极性非质子溶剂例如二噁烷、THF、DMF或DMAc中使用或者不使用酸催化剂进行,。在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括酸。所述酸可以选自例如乙酸、三氟乙酸、硫酸、盐酸或者酸性离子交换树脂。在不同的实施方案中,可以使用大约0.1-14摩尔当量的酸。在一些实施方案中,所述酸是冰醋酸。在一些实施方案中,使用至少大约2摩尔当量的冰醋酸。在具体的实施方案中,使用大约7-大约8摩尔当量的冰醋酸。The reaction can be carried out in glacial acetic acid or a polar aprotic solvent such as dioxane, THF, DMF or DMAc with or without an acid catalyst. In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include an acid. The acid can be selected from, for example, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid or an acidic ion exchange resin. In various embodiments, about 0.1-14 molar equivalents of acid can be used. In some embodiments, the acid is glacial acetic acid. In some embodiments, at least about 2 molar equivalents of glacial acetic acid are used. In specific embodiments, about 7-about 8 molar equivalents of glacial acetic acid are used.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在惰性气氛下例如氩气或氮气氛下进行的。在一些实施方案中,所述反应是在氮气氛下进行的。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, such as an argon or nitrogen atmosphere. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件是无水反应条件。这样的条件通常包括干燥性试剂(例如分子筛),所述反应在惰性气氛下进行等。这样的方法是本领域公知的。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions are anhydrous reaction conditions. Such conditions typically include drying reagents (e.g., molecular sieves), the reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere, etc. Such methods are well known in the art.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在升高的温度(即,于大于大约30℃的温度)进行的。例如在某些实施方案中,所述温度是大约100℃。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out at an elevated temperature (ie, at a temperature greater than about 30° C.). For example, in certain embodiments, the temperature is about 100° C.
在不同的实施方案中,使用大约1-大约4摩尔当量的式V的化合物。在具体的实施方案中,在反应前分离式I或者IA的化合物时,使用大约1摩尔当量的式V的化合物。在其他实施方案中,使用大约2-大约3摩尔当量的式V的化合物。在某些实施方案中,式V的化合物包括乙酸酐。In various embodiments, about 1 to about 4 molar equivalents of the compound of Formula V are used. In specific embodiments, when the compound of Formula I or IA is isolated prior to the reaction, about 1 molar equivalent of the compound of Formula V is used. In other embodiments, about 2 to about 3 molar equivalents of the compound of Formula V are used. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula V comprises acetic anhydride.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括式V的化合物,其中R12是C1-C4烷基;且所述反应是在高温进行的。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include a compound of Formula V, wherein R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl; and the reaction is carried out at an elevated temperature.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括式V的化合物,其中R12是C1-C4烷基;且所述反应是在大约100℃的温度下进行的。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include a compound of Formula V, wherein R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl; and the reaction is carried out at a temperature of about 100°C.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括式V的化合物,其中R12是C1-C4烷基;且所述反应是在惰性气氛下和在升高的温度下进行的。在某些实施方案中,另外的式V的化合物是乙酸酐。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include a compound of Formula V, wherein R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl; and the reaction is carried out under an inert atmosphere and at an elevated temperature. In certain embodiments, the additional compound of Formula V is acetic anhydride.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括大约2-大约3摩尔当量的式V的化合物,其中R12是C1-C4烷基;且所述反应是在大约100℃的温度下进行的。在某些实施方案中,另外的式V化合物是乙酸酐。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include about 2 to about 3 molar equivalents of a compound of Formula V, wherein R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and the reaction is carried out at a temperature of about 100° C. In certain embodiments, the additional compound of Formula V is acetic anhydride.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括大约2-大约3摩尔当量的式V的化合物,其中R12是C1-C4烷基;且所述反应是在氮气氛下和大约100℃的温度下进行的。在某些实施方案中,另外的式V的化合物是乙酸酐。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include about 2 to about 3 molar equivalents of a compound of Formula V, wherein R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and the reaction is carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere at a temperature of about 100° C. In certain embodiments, the additional compound of Formula V is acetic anhydride.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件进一步包括在足以产生式IV化合物的条件下,将式VII的化合物转化成式IV的化合物:In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions further comprise converting the compound of Formula VII to the compound of Formula IV under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of Formula IV:
其中Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;和wherein Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。R 12 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件进一步包括在足以产生式IVA化合物的条件下,将式VIIA的化合物转化成式IVA的化合物:In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions further comprise converting the compound of Formula VIIA to the compound of Formula IVA under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of Formula IVA:
其中R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;和wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。R 12 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在选自二氯甲烷、乙酸乙酯或THF的溶剂中进行的。在具体的实施方案中,所述溶剂是二氯甲烷。In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out in a solvent selected from dichloromethane, ethyl acetate or THF. In a specific embodiment, the solvent is dichloromethane.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括胺。在一些实施方案中,所述胺是吗啉。在某些实施方案中,所述反应是在大约0℃-大约10℃的温度下进行的。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include an amine. In certain embodiments, the amine is morpholine. In certain embodiments, the reaction is carried out at a temperature of about 0°C to about 10°C.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括吗啉;和所述反应是在二氯甲烷中和大约0℃-大约10℃的温度下进行的。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions comprise morpholine; and the reaction is carried out in dichloromethane at a temperature of about 0°C to about 10°C.
在另一个方面,本发明涉及一种制备式VI的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In another aspect, the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula VI or a stereoisomer or a mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
所述方法包括在足以产生式VI化合物的条件下,转化式IV的化合物:The method comprises converting a compound of formula IV under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of formula VI:
其中Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;和wherein Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。R 12 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在另外一种实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式VIA的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a process for preparing a compound of formula VIA, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括在足以产生式VIA化合物的条件下,转化式IVA的化合物:It comprises converting a compound of formula IVA under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of formula VIA:
其中R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;和wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。R 12 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在某些实施方案中,所述产生VI或VIA的反应条件是氢化反应条件。这样的条件通常包括氢。这样的条件还通常包括催化剂,例如钯催化剂(例如Pd/C,也称作负载在碳上的钯(0))。或者,可以使用Pd(OH)2/C或雷尼(Raney)镍。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions for producing VI or VIA are hydrogenation conditions. Such conditions typically include hydrogen. Such conditions also typically include a catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst (e.g., Pd/C, also known as palladium (0) supported on carbon). Alternatively, Pd(OH) 2 /C or Raney nickel can be used.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括选自二氯甲烷、乙酸乙酯或甲醇的溶剂。在具体的实施方案中,所述反应条件包括二氯甲烷。在具体的实施方案中,所述反应条件包括乙酸乙酯。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include a solvent selected from dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, or methanol. In specific embodiments, the reaction conditions include dichloromethane. In specific embodiments, the reaction conditions include ethyl acetate.
在一些实施方案中,所述反应是在氢气氛下和压力下,例如在大约20-大约300psi或在大约60psi进行的。在一些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括碱如碳酸钠或碳酸氢钠。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应条件包括大约0.5-大约1摩尔当量的碳酸钠。In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out under a hydrogen atmosphere and pressure, for example, at about 20 to about 300 psi or at about 60 psi. In some embodiments, the reaction conditions include a base such as sodium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation reaction conditions include about 0.5 to about 1 molar equivalent of sodium carbonate.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括氢、碳酸钠、乙酸乙酯、Pd/C和压力下的条件。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include hydrogen, sodium carbonate, ethyl acetate, Pd/C, and pressure.
在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件包括氢、碳酸钠、乙酸乙酯、Pd/C和在大约60psi压力下的条件。In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions include hydrogen, sodium carbonate, ethyl acetate, Pd/C, and a pressure of about 60 psi.
在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式VI的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In certain embodiments, the present invention is a method for preparing a compound of formula VI, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括下述步骤:It includes the following steps:
a)在足以提供式I化合物的反应条件下,将式II的化合物与式III的化合物接触a) contacting a compound of formula II with a compound of formula III under reaction conditions sufficient to provide a compound of formula I
b)在足以产生式IV的化合物的条件下,将式I的化合物与下面之一接触:b) contacting the compound of formula I with one of the following under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula IV:
(i)式的化合物、随后式的化合物;(i) a compound of formula, a compound of the following formula;
(ii)式R12-X3的化合物、随后式的化合物;或者(ii) a compound of the formula R 12 -X 3 , or a compound of the following formula; or
(iii)式V的化合物:(iii) Compounds of formula V:
c)任选地将式VII的化合物转化成式IV的化合物;和c) optionally converting the compound of formula VII into a compound of formula IV; and
d)在足以产生式VI化合物条件下,转化式IV的化合物;d) converting the compound of formula IV under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula VI;
其中in
X3是卤素;X 3 is a halogen;
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基,或者当存在两个R12时,两个R12与和它们连接的碳原子一起形成4-8元杂环基;和R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, or when there are two R 12 , the two R 12 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclyl; and
Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义。Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I.
在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式VIA的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In certain embodiments, the present invention is a method for preparing a compound of formula VIA, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括下述步骤:It includes the following steps:
a)在提供式IA的化合物的反应条件下,将式IIA的化合物与式III的化合物接触a) contacting a compound of formula IIA with a compound of formula III under reaction conditions to provide a compound of formula IA
b)在足以产生式IVA化合物的条件下,将式IA的化合物与式V的化合物接触;b) contacting a compound of Formula IA with a compound of Formula V under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IVA;
c)任选地将式VIIA的化合物转化成式IVA的化合物;和c) optionally converting the compound of formula VIIA into a compound of formula IVA; and
d)在足以产生式VIA的化合物的条件下转化式IVA的化合物;d) converting the compound of formula IVA under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula VIA;
其中R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;和wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。R 12 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式VIC的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In certain embodiments, the present invention is a method for preparing a compound of formula VIC, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括下述步骤:It includes the following steps:
a)在足以提供式IC的化合物的反应条件下,将式IIC的化合物与式IIIA的化合物接触;a) contacting a compound of formula IIC with a compound of formula IIIA under reaction conditions sufficient to provide a compound of formula IC;
b)在足以产生式IVC化合物的条件下,将式IC的化合物与式VA的化合物接触;b) contacting a compound of Formula IC with a compound of Formula VA under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IVC;
c)任选地将式VIIC的化合物转化成式IVC的化合物;c) optionally converting the compound of formula VIIC into a compound of formula IVC;
和and
d)在足以产生式VIC化合物的条件下,转化式IVC的化合物;d) converting the compound of formula IVC under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula VIC;
其中in
R2选自氢和烷基,其是未取代的或者用独立地选自环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基中一种或多种取代基取代的;和 R2 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and
R4选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO-或者–SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO— or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基。 R9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl.
在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式VID的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物的方法:In certain embodiments, the present invention is a method for preparing a compound of formula VID, or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其包括下述步骤:It includes the following steps:
a)在提供式ID化合物的反应条件下,将式IID的化合物与式IIIA的化合物接触;a) contacting a compound of formula IID with a compound of formula IIIA under reaction conditions to provide a compound of formula ID;
b)在足以产生式IVD化合物的条件下,将式ID的化合物与式VA的化合物接触;b) contacting a compound of Formula ID with a compound of Formula VA under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula IVD;
c)任选地将式VIID的化合物转化成式IVD的化合物;c) optionally converting the compound of formula VIID into a compound of formula IVD;
和and
d)在足以产生式VID化合物的条件下,转化式IVD的化合物;d) converting the compound of formula IVD under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula VID;
其中in
R2选自氢和烷基,其是未取代的或者用独立地选自环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基中一种或多种取代基取代的;和 R2 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and
R3选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO-或–SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO— or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基。 R9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R2 is hydrogen.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是烷基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R2 is alkyl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R3是苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 3 is phenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R3是4-甲氧基苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 3 is 4-methoxyphenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R3是3,5-二氟苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 3 is 3,5-difluorophenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R4是苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 4 is phenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R4是4-甲氧基苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 4 is 4-methoxyphenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R4是3,5-二氟苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 4 is 3,5-difluorophenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢和R3是苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 2 is hydrogen and R 3 is phenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢和R3是4-甲氧基苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R2 is hydrogen and R3 is 4-methoxyphenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢和R3是3,5-二氟苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 2 is hydrogen and R 3 is 3,5-difluorophenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢和R4是苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 2 is hydrogen and R 4 is phenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢和R4是4-甲氧基苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 2 is hydrogen and R 4 is 4-methoxyphenoxy.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢和R4是3,5-二氟苯氧基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 2 is hydrogen and R 4 is 3,5-difluorophenoxy.
在本文所述方法的某些实施方案中,式VI的化合物用式VIB表示:In certain embodiments of the methods described herein, the compound of Formula VI is represented by Formula VIB:
其中R2、R3和R4如上述式I中所定义。wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined in formula I above.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式II的化合物用式IIB表示:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of Formula II is represented by Formula IIB:
其中R2、R3和R4如上述式I中所定义。wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined in formula I above.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式III的化合物用式IIIA表示:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of formula III is represented by formula IIIA:
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式III的化合物表示为:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of formula III is represented by:
或者or
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式I的化合物用式IB表示:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of Formula I is represented by Formula IB:
其中R2、R3、R4和R11如上述式I中所定义。wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 11 are as defined in formula I above.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式V的化合物用式VA表示:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of formula V is represented by formula VA:
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式V的化合物表示为:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of Formula V is represented by:
或者or
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式VII的化合物用式VIIB表示:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of Formula VII is represented by Formula VIIB:
其中R2、R3和R4如上述式I中所定义,且R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above in formula I, and R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,式IV的化合物用式IVB表示:In certain embodiments of the above methods, the compound of formula IV is represented by formula IVB:
其中R2、R3和R4如上述式I中所定义,且R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基。wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above in formula I, and R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
在一种可选择的实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备式X所示的化合物或者其立体异构体或立体异构体混合物,及其药用盐、立体异构体、立体异构体混合物和酯的方法:In an alternative embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula X or a stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, mixtures of stereoisomers and esters thereof:
其包括下述步骤:It includes the following steps:
a)在足以提供式I化合物的反应条件下,将式II的化合物与式III的化合物接触;a) contacting a compound of formula II with a compound of formula III under reaction conditions sufficient to provide a compound of formula I;
b)在足以产生式IV化合物的条件下,将式I的化合物与下面之一接触:b) contacting the compound of formula I with one of the following under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula IV:
(iv)式的化合物、随后与式的化合物;(iv) a compound of formula, followed by a compound of formula;
(v)式R12-X3的化合物、随后与式的化合物;或者(v) a compound of formula R 12 -X 3 , followed by a compound of formula; or
(vi)式V的化合物;(vi) a compound of formula V;
c)任选地将式VII的化合物转化成式IV的化合物;c) optionally converting the compound of formula VII into a compound of formula IV;
d)在足以产生式VI化合物的条件下,转化式IV的化合物;和d) converting the compound of formula IV under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula VI; and
e)在足以提供式X化合物的反应条件下,将式VI的化合物与式的化合物接触;e) contacting a compound of formula VI with a compound of formula under reaction conditions sufficient to provide a compound of formula X;
其中Z、R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9、R10、R11、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式I中所定义;wherein Z, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula I;
X3是卤素;X 3 is a halogen;
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基,或者当存在两个R12时,两个R12与和它们连接的碳原子一起形成4-8元杂环基;R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, or when there are two R 12 , the two R 12 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclyl;
当Ra是-COOH时p是0;当Ra是–WR18时p是1;When Ra is -COOH, p is 0; when Ra is -WR 18 , p is 1;
W选自氧、-S(O)n-和–NR19-,其中n是0、1或2,R19选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、酰基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,且R18选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,或者当W是–NR19-时,则R18和R19与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团;W is selected from oxygen, -S(O) n- , and -NR19- , wherein n is 0, 1, or 2, R19 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, and R18 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, or when W is -NR19- , then R18 and R19, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group;
R选自氢、氘和甲基;R is selected from hydrogen, deuterium and methyl;
R'选自氢、氘、烷基和取代的烷基;或者,R和R’与侧接于其上的碳可以结合以形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基或取代的杂环基基团;和R' is selected from hydrogen, deuterium, alkyl, and substituted alkyl; alternatively, R and R' and the carbon atoms pendant thereto may be combined to form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or substituted heterocyclyl group; and
R”选自氢和烷基,或者R”与R'和侧接于其上的氮一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团。R" is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, or R" together with R' and the nitrogen pendant thereto may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group.
在另外一种实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3e)的方法:In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a process for preparing methyl 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3e):
其包括下述步骤:It includes the following steps:
a)在足以产生式3b化合物的条件下,将式3a的化合物与式IIIA的化合物接触;a) contacting a compound of formula 3a with a compound of formula IIIA under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of formula 3b;
b)在足以产生式3c化合物的条件下,将式3b的化合物与式VA的化合物接触;b) contacting a compound of Formula 3b with a compound of Formula VA under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of Formula 3c;
c)任选地在足以产生式3c化合物的条件下,转化式3d的化合物;和c) converting the compound of formula 3d, optionally under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula 3c; and
d)在足以产生式3e化合物的条件下转化式3c的化合物。d) converting the compound of formula 3c under conditions sufficient to produce the compound of formula 3e.
在另外一种实施方案中,本发明涉及一种制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸(3f)的方法,In another embodiment, the present invention is a process for preparing 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid (3f).
其包括在足以产生式3f化合物的条件下,将式3e的化合物与甘氨酸或甘氨酸钠接触;which comprises contacting a compound of formula 3e with glycine or sodium glycinate under conditions sufficient to produce a compound of formula 3f;
用于此处公开的方法的式II的化合物可以根据公开的程序来制备(参见例如US专利No.7323475,其在此以其全部引入作为参考):Compounds of formula II used in the methods disclosed herein can be prepared according to published procedures (see, for example, US Patent No. 7,323,475, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety):
在此上公开的方法的某些实施方案中,每个R3、R4、R5、R6、R8、R9和R10的定义如下:In certain embodiments of the methods disclosed above, each of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 is defined as follows:
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;其中R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein
X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、芳基、环烷基、杂芳基和杂环基,条件是当X1是-SO-或-SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is -SO- or -SO 2 -, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、杂环基、芳基或杂芳基;or R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl group;
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、杂芳基和-X2R10;其中R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl and -X 2 R 10 ; wherein
X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;X 2 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 13 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基;和R 10 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者当X2是–NR13-时,则R10和R13与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基基团;or when X 2 is -NR 13 -, then R 10 and R 13 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclyl group;
其中上述每个烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基可以任选的用1-3个R100取代,wherein each of the above alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups may be optionally substituted with 1-3 R 100 ,
其中每个R100独立地选自烷氧基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、氨基、氨基酰基、氨基羰基氨基、氨基硫羰基氨基、氨基羰氧基、芳基、芳氧基、芳氧基芳基、氰基、卤素、羟基、硝基、氧代(oxo)、硫代(thioxo)、羧基、羧基酯、环烷基、硫代(thio)、烷硫基、芳硫基、环烷基硫基、杂芳基硫基、杂环杂环硫基、磺酰基、杂芳基、杂环杂环基、环烷氧基、杂芳氧基、杂环氧、氧羰基氨基、氧硫羰基氨基、-OS(O)2-烷基、-OS(O)2-芳基、-OS(O)2-杂芳基、-OS(O)2-杂环基、-OSO2-NR40R40、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-烷基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-芳基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-杂芳基和-NR40S(O)2-NR40-杂环基,其中每个R40独立地选自氢或者烷基。wherein each R 100 is independently selected from alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryloxyaryl, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, thioxo, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, cycloalkylthio, heteroarylthio, heterocyclic heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic heterocyclic, cycloalkyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic oxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocyclyl, -OSO 2 -NR 40 R 40 , -NR 40 S (O) 2 -NR 40 -alkyl, -NR 40 S(O) 2 - NR40 -aryl, -NR40S (O) 2- NR40 -heteroaryl, and -NR40S (O) 2 - NR40 -heterocyclyl, wherein each R40 is independently selected from hydrogen or alkyl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R1是氢。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 1 is hydrogen.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R2是氢或烷基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R2 is hydrogen or alkyl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO-或–SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO— or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基或取代的杂芳基。Alternatively, R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、芳基、杂芳基、羟基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;其中R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein
X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R8是芳基或取代的芳基;和 R8 is aryl or substituted aryl; and
R9是氢、烷基或芳基;R 9 is hydrogen, alkyl or aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、杂环基、芳基或杂芳基。Alternatively, R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl group.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R3和R4独立地选自氢和-X1R8;其中X1是氧,且R8是芳基或取代的芳基。R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein X 1 is oxygen, and R 8 is aryl or substituted aryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基和–X2R10;其中X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, and —X 2 R 10 ; wherein X 2 is oxygen, —S(O) n —, or —NR 13 —;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10是芳基或取代的芳基;和R 10 is aryl or substituted aryl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基。R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R5和R6独立地选自氢和–X2R10;其中X2是氧,且R10是芳基或取代的芳基。R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen and -X 2 R 10 ; wherein X 2 is oxygen, and R 10 is aryl or substituted aryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R5和R6是氢。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R2是氢或烷基; R2 is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO-或–SO2-,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO— or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接于其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基或取代的杂芳基;和or R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; and
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基和–X2R10;R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, and -X 2 R 10 ;
其中X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;wherein X 2 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 13 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10是芳基或取代的芳基;和R 10 is aryl or substituted aryl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基。R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R2是氢或烷基; R2 is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、芳基、杂芳基、羟基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;其中R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein
X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R8是芳基或取代的芳基;和 R8 is aryl or substituted aryl; and
R9是氢、烷基或芳基;R 9 is hydrogen, alkyl or aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接于其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、杂环基、芳基或杂芳基;和or R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl group; and
R5和R6独立地选自氢和–X2R10;其中X2是氧,且R10是芳基或取代的芳基。R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen and -X 2 R 10 ; wherein X 2 is oxygen, and R 10 is aryl or substituted aryl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,In certain embodiments of the above methods,
R2是氢或烷基; R2 is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3和R4独立地选自氢和-X1R8;其中X1是氧,且R8是芳基或取代的芳基;和R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein X 1 is oxygen, and R 8 is aryl or substituted aryl; and
R5和R6是氢。 R5 and R6 are hydrogen.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R11是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 11 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R11是甲基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 11 is methyl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R12是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在上述方法的某些实施方案中,R12是甲基。In certain embodiments of the above methods, R 12 is methyl.
在此上公开的方法的某些实施方案中,所述方法进一步包括形成所述化合物相应的盐的步骤。这样的方法是本领域公知的。In certain embodiments of the methods disclosed above, the methods further comprise the step of forming a corresponding salt of the compound. Such methods are well known in the art.
获得本发明化合物的其他改变是本领域技术人员公知的。例如C-4羟基可以通过常规手段变成相应的醚、酰氧基等来提供本发明的化合物。具体的,酯可以在常规的偶合条件下,通过含有羧酸的化合物与含有醇的化合物在合适的溶剂中,任选地在高温反应来制备。因此,此处公开的化合物的酯可以在任何的羧酸或羟基官能团处形成。典型的酯形成反应来提供本发明的化合物如下所示,其中R2如本文所定义。Other modifications to obtain compounds of the present invention are well known to those skilled in the art. For example, a C-4 hydroxyl group can be converted to a corresponding ether, acyloxy group, or the like by conventional means to provide compounds of the present invention. Specifically, esters can be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid-containing compound with an alcohol-containing compound in a suitable solvent, optionally at elevated temperature, under conventional coupling conditions. Thus, esters of the compounds disclosed herein can be formed at any carboxylic acid or hydroxyl functional group. Typical ester-forming reactions to provide compounds of the present invention are shown below, where R is as defined herein.
上述化合物的N-氧化物衍生物也可以使用本领域技术人员公知的方法来制备。因此,本发明的化合物包括下式的N-氧化物衍生物:N-oxide derivatives of the above compounds can also be prepared using methods known to those skilled in the art. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention include N-oxide derivatives of the following formula:
本发明的化合物Compounds of the present invention
在另一个方面,本发明涉及式VIII的化合物或者其盐、酯、立体异构体或立体异构体混合物:In another aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of formula VIII, or a salt, ester, stereoisomer or stereoisomer mixture thereof:
其中:in:
Z是O、NR1或S;Z is O, NR 1 or S;
R1选自氢和烷基; R1 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl;
R2选自氢和烷基,其是未取代的或者用独立地选自环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基中一种或多种取代基取代的; R2 is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ;
其中X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;wherein X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,条件是当X1是–SO或者-SO2-时,则R8不是氢;和each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, provided that when X 1 is —SO or —SO 2 —, then R 8 is not hydrogen; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基、取代的杂环基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基或取代的杂芳基;or R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、取代的烷基、烷氧基、取代的烷氧基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基和–X2R10;R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, and -X 2 R 10 ;
其中X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;wherein X 2 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 13 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10选自烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基;和R 10 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者当X2是–NR13-时,则R10和R13与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团;和or when X 2 is —NR 13 —, then R 10 and R 13 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group; and
R7是–N(R11)(R11)或–OC(O)R12;R 7 is —N(R 11 )(R 11 ) or —OC(O)R 12 ;
每个R11独立地选自烷基、苄基或芳基,或者两个R11与和它们连接的氮原子一起形成4-8元杂环基或杂芳基;和Each R 11 is independently selected from an alkyl group, a benzyl group or an aryl group, or two R 11 s together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-8 membered heterocyclic group or a heteroaryl group; and
R12选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基;R 12 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl;
条件是所述化合物不是1-二甲基氨基甲基-4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯。with the proviso that the compound is not 1-dimethylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester.
在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及式VIIIA的化合物或者其盐、酯、立体异构体或立体异构体混合物:In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound of formula VIIIA, or a salt, ester, stereoisomer, or mixture of stereoisomers thereof:
其中:in:
R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R7、R8、R9、R10、R11、R12、R13、n、X1和X2如上述式VIII中所定义;R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , n, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above in Formula VIII;
条件是所述化合物不是1-二甲基氨基甲基-4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯。with the proviso that the compound is not 1-dimethylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester.
在上述化合物的某些实施方案中,R2是氢、烷基或取代的烷基。In certain embodiments of the above compounds, R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, or substituted alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,R2是烷基。In certain embodiments, R2 is alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、羟基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;其中In certain embodiments, R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 , and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein
X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R8是芳基或取代的芳基,和 R8 is aryl or substituted aryl, and
R9是氢、烷基或芳基;R 9 is hydrogen, alkyl or aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接于其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、杂环基、芳基或杂芳基。Alternatively, R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl group.
在某些实施方案中,R5和R6是氢。In certain embodiments, R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen.
在某些实施方案中,R2是烷基,其是未取代的或者用独立地选自环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基中一种或多种取代基取代的;且R5和R6是氢。In certain embodiments, R 2 is alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen.
在某些实施方案中,R7是–OC(O)R12。在某些实施方案中,R7是–N(R11)(R11)。在某些实施方案中,R7是–N(R11)(R11);且R11是C1-C4烷基。在某些实施方案中,R7是-OC(O)R12;且R12是C1-C4烷基。In certain embodiments, R 7 is —OC(O)R 12 . In certain embodiments, R 7 is —N(R 11 )(R 11 ). In certain embodiments, R 7 is —N(R 11 )(R 11 ); and R 11 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 is —OC(O)R 12 ; and R 12 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
在某些实施方案中,Z是O。In certain embodiments, Z is O.
在此上公开的化合物的某些实施方案中,每个R3、R4、R5、R6、R8和R10定义如下:In certain embodiments of the compounds disclosed herein above, each of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 and R 10 is defined as follows:
R3和R4独立地选自氢、烷基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、卤素、羟基、氰基、-S(O)n-N(R8)-R8、-NR8C(O)NR8R8和-X1R8;其中R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -S(O) n -N(R 8 )-R 8 , -NR 8 C(O)NR 8 R 8 and -X 1 R 8 ; wherein
X1是氧、-S(O)n-或-NR9-;X 1 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 9 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
每个R8独立地选自氢、烷基、芳基、环烷基、杂芳基和杂环基;和Each R 8 is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and
R9选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者R3和R4与侧接到其上的碳原子一起形成环烷基、杂环基、芳基或杂芳基;or R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms pendant thereto form a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl group;
R5和R6独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、杂芳基和-X2R10;其中R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl and -X 2 R 10 ; wherein
X2是氧、-S(O)n-或–NR13-;X 2 is oxygen, -S(O) n - or -NR 13 -;
n是0、1或2;n is 0, 1, or 2;
R10选自烷基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基;和R 10 is selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl; and
R13选自氢、烷基和芳基;R 13 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl and aryl;
或者当X2是–NR13-时,则R10和R13与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基基团;or when X 2 is -NR 13 -, then R 10 and R 13 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may combine to form a heterocyclyl group;
其中上述每个烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基和杂环基可以任选地用1-3个R100取代,wherein each of the above alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R 100 ,
其中每个R100独立地选自烷氧基、酰基、酰基氨基、酰氧基、氨基、氨基酰基、氨基羰基氨基、氨基硫羰基氨基、氨基羰氧基、芳基、芳氧基、芳氧基芳基、氰基、卤素、羟基、硝基、氧代(oxo)、硫代(thioxo)、羧基、羧基酯、环烷基、硫代(thio)、烷硫基、芳硫基、环烷基硫基、杂芳基硫基、杂环杂环硫基、磺酰基、杂芳基、杂环杂环基、环烷氧基、杂芳氧基、杂环氧、氧羰基氨基、氧硫羰基氨基、-OS(O)2-烷基、-OS(O)2-芳基、-OS(O)2-杂芳基、-OS(O)2-杂环基、-OSO2-NR40R40、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-烷基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-芳基、-NR40S(O)2-NR40-杂芳基和-NR40S(O)2-NR40-杂环基,其中每个R40独立地选自氢或者烷基;wherein each R 100 is independently selected from alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryloxyaryl, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, thioxo, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cycloalkyl, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, cycloalkylthio, heteroarylthio, heterocyclic heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic heterocyclic, cycloalkyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic oxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocyclyl, -OSO 2 -NR 40 R 40 , -NR 40 S (O) 2 -NR 40 -alkyl, -NR 40 S(O) 2 -NR 40 -aryl, -NR 40 S(O) 2 -NR 40 -heteroaryl, and -NR 40 S(O) 2 -NR 40 -heterocyclyl, wherein each R 40 is independently selected from hydrogen or alkyl;
条件是所述化合物不是1-二甲基氨基甲基-4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯。with the proviso that the compound is not 1-dimethylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester.
在另一个方面,本发明涉及4-羟基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3a):In another aspect, the present invention relates to methyl 4-hydroxy-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3a):
在另一个方面,本发明涉及4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3e):In another aspect, the present invention relates to methyl 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3e):
异喹啉合成Isoquinoline synthesis
本发明的化合物和方法可以用于合成不同的异喹啉化合物。这样的化合物已知可以用于抑制HIF羟化酶活性,由此提高缺氧诱导因子(HIF)的稳定性和/或活性,并且可以用于治疗和预防HIF相关的病症和紊乱(参见例如US专利No.7323475)。示例性取代的异喹啉化合物(其可以使用此处公开的方法制备)包括式X表示的那些及其药用盐、立体异构体、立体异构体混合物和酯:The compounds and methods of the present invention can be used to synthesize various isoquinoline compounds. Such compounds are known to inhibit HIF hydroxylase activity, thereby increasing the stability and/or activity of hypoxia-inducible factor (HIF), and can be used to treat and prevent HIF-related conditions and disorders (see, for example, US Patent No. 7,323,475). Exemplary substituted isoquinoline compounds (which can be prepared using the methods disclosed herein) include those represented by Formula X and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, stereoisomer mixtures, and esters thereof:
其中R3、R4、R5和R6如上述式I中所定义,和:wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined above in formula I, and:
当Ra是-COOH时p是0;当Ra是–WR18时p是1;When Ra is -COOH, p is 0; when Ra is -WR 18 , p is 1;
W选自氧、-S(O)n-和–NR19-,其中n是0、1或2,R19选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、酰基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基,且R18选自氢、烷基、取代的烷基、芳基、取代的芳基、杂芳基、取代的杂芳基、杂环基和取代的杂环基;或者当W是–NR19-时,则R18和R19与和它们连接的氮原子一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团;W is selected from oxygen, -S(O) n- , and -NR19- , wherein n is 0, 1, or 2, R19 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl, and R18 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and substituted heterocyclyl; or when W is -NR19- , then R18 and R19, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group;
R选自氢、氘和甲基;R is selected from hydrogen, deuterium and methyl;
R'选自氢、氘、烷基和取代的烷基;或者,R和R'与侧接于其上的碳可以结合以形成环烷基、取代的环烷基、杂环基或者取代的杂环基基团;R' is selected from hydrogen, deuterium, alkyl and substituted alkyl; alternatively, R and R' and the carbon atoms pendant thereto may be combined to form a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group;
R”选自氢和烷基,或者R”和R'与侧接于其上的氮一起可以结合以形成杂环基或取代的杂环基基团。R" is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, or R" and R' together with the nitrogen pendant thereto may combine to form a heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl group.
用于制备此处所述的化合物的示例性方法表示在下面的方案中,其中Z、X3、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R11、R12、p、Ra、R、R'和R”如上述式I和式X中所定义,且PG是常规胺保护性基团。Exemplary methods for preparing compounds described herein are shown in the following schemes, wherein Z, X3 , R2, R3 , R4 , R5 , R6 , R11 , R12 , p, Ra, R, R ' and R" are as defined above for Formula I and Formula X, and PG is a conventional amine protecting group.
方案APlan A
用于方案A所示的反应中的化合物A-200可以如下来制备:将化合物A-100与合适的路易斯酸如硼酸三甲酯在卤化剂如二氯三苯基正膦和氯化亚砜存在下进行接触,以产生酰卤,其通过与式R2-OH的醇如甲醇接触,产生相应的卤化酯A-200。反应完成后,A-200可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收;或者可选择地,无需纯化和/或分离而用于接下来的步骤中。Compound A-200 used in the reaction shown in Scheme A can be prepared by contacting compound A-100 with a suitable Lewis acid, such as trimethyl borate, in the presence of a halogenating agent, such as dichlorotriphenylphosphorane and thionyl chloride, to produce an acid halide, which is then contacted with an alcohol of the formula R 2 —OH, such as methanol, to produce the corresponding halogenated ester A-200. After completion of the reaction, A-200 can be recovered by conventional techniques, such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, etc., or alternatively, used in the next step without purification and/or isolation.
通过将A-200与大约化学计量量的合适的式A-10的α-氨基酸(其中PG指的是合适的保护性基团如甲磺酰基、对甲苯磺酰基等)和催化量的碘化钠接触,可以将化合物A-200变成A-300(式II)。所述反应是在本领域公知的常规偶合条件下进行的。然后加入合适的碱如甲醇钠、乙醇钠或者其它在甲醇、DMF或其它合适的溶剂中的合适的碱。该反应进行直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。反应完成后,所述化合物A-300可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。Compound A-200 can be converted to A-300 (Formula II) by contacting A-200 with an approximately stoichiometric amount of an appropriate α-amino acid of formula A-10 (wherein PG refers to a suitable protective group such as methylsulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, etc.) and a catalytic amount of sodium iodide. The reaction is carried out under conventional coupling conditions well known in the art. A suitable base such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, or other suitable base in methanol, DMF, or other suitable solvent is then added. The reaction is carried out until it is substantially complete, which is typically carried out within about 1-72 hours. After completion of the reaction, the compound A-300 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like.
通过方案B所示的本发明的方法可以将化合物A-300变成B-100(式I)。Compound A-300 can be converted to B-100 (Formula I) by the method of the present invention as shown in Scheme B.
方案BPlan B
例如在酸如乙酸存在下,将A-300与大约化学计量量或者稍过量的式A-20的化合物(式III)接触,提供化合物B-100。所述反应进行直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。反应完成后,所述化合物B-100可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收,或者无需分离和/或纯化而用于接下来的步骤中。For example, in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid, A-300 is contacted with an approximately stoichiometric amount or a slightly excessive amount of a compound of formula A-20 (Formula III) to provide compound B-100. The reaction proceeds until it is substantially complete, which typically occurs within about 1 to 72 hours. After completion of the reaction, compound B-100 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, or used in the next step without separation and/or purification.
通过方案C所示的本发明的方法可以将化合物B-100(式I)变成化合物C-100(式VII)和C-200(式IV)。Compound B-100 (Formula I) can be converted to compounds C-100 (Formula VII) and C-200 (Formula IV) by the process of the present invention as shown in Scheme C.
方案CPlan C
例如,在酸如乙酸存在下,将B-100与过量(例如2–3当量)的化合物A-30(式V)接触,提供化合物C-100和C-200。或者,将B-100与式R12-C(O)X3的酰卤或式R12-X3的卤代烷接触,随后与式R12-C(O)OH的酸如乙酸接触,提供化合物C-100和C-200。所述反应通常在大约100℃的温度下进行,并且持续直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。化合物C-200可以通过本发明的方法来提供,如化合物C-100和C-200的混合物与胺如吗啉在合适的极性溶剂如DMF中进行。所述反应通常在低于室温的温度(即0-10℃)进行。一旦反应完成后,所述化合物C-200可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。For example, B-100 is contacted with an excess (e.g., 2-3 equivalents) of compound A-30 (Formula V) in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid to provide compounds C-100 and C-200. Alternatively, B-100 is contacted with an acyl halide of the formula R 12 -C(O)X 3 or an alkyl halide of the formula R 12 -X 3 , followed by contact with an acid of the formula R 12 -C(O)OH, such as acetic acid, to provide compounds C-100 and C-200. The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature of approximately 100° C. and continued until substantially complete, which typically occurs within approximately 1-72 hours. Compound C-200 can be provided by the methods of the present invention, such as by reacting a mixture of compounds C-100 and C-200 with an amine such as morpholine in a suitable polar solvent such as DMF. The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature below room temperature (i.e., 0-10° C.). Once the reaction is complete, the compound C-200 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like.
在本发明的反应条件下可以将化合物C-200(式IV)变成C-300(式VI)。在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件是氢化反应条件。这样的条件通常包括处于氢气氛下的催化剂如钯催化剂(例如负载在碳上的钯(0))。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应是在压力下进行的。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应条件包括碱如碳酸钠。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应条件包括大约0.5-大约1摩尔当量的碳酸钠。Under the reaction conditions of the present invention, compound C-200 (Formula IV) can be changed into C-300 (Formula VI). In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions are hydrogenation conditions. Such conditions generally include catalysts such as palladium catalysts (e.g., palladium (0) supported on carbon) under a hydrogen atmosphere. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation reaction is carried out under pressure. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation conditions include alkali such as sodium carbonate. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation conditions include about 0.5-about 1 molar equivalent of sodium carbonate.
可以通过将化合物C-300(式VI)与至少化学计量量或合适的过量的氨基酸或其衍生物A-40(具体但不限于甘氨酸或其相应的盐)接触来合成化合物C-400(式X)。所述反应是在本领域公知的常规偶合条件下进行的。在一种实施方案中,所述反应是在甲醇钠、乙醇钠或另一在甲醇、DMF或另一合适溶剂中的合适的碱存在下,在升高的反应温度和特别是回流下进行的。所述反应持续直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。或者,所述反应可以于高温在微波炉中进行。一旦反应完成后,化合物C-400可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。Compound C-400 (Formula X) can be synthesized by contacting Compound C-300 (Formula VI) with at least a stoichiometric amount or a suitable excess of an amino acid or its derivative A-40 (specifically, but not limited to, glycine or its corresponding salt). The reaction is carried out under conventional coupling conditions well known in the art. In one embodiment, the reaction is carried out in the presence of sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, or another suitable base in methanol, DMF, or another suitable solvent at elevated reaction temperatures and particularly under reflux. The reaction continues until it is substantially complete, which is typically carried out within about 1-72 hours. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out at high temperature in a microwave oven. Once the reaction is complete, Compound C-400 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, etc.
用于制备这样的取代的异喹啉化合物的特定方法表示在下面的方案D中,其中R2、R3、R4、R5、R11、R12、p、Ra、R、R'和R”如本文所定义,且PG是常规胺保护性基团。A specific method for preparing such substituted isoquinoline compounds is shown below in Scheme D, wherein R2, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12 , p , Ra , R , R' and R" are as defined herein, and PG is a conventional amine protecting group.
方案DPlan D
用于方案D所示的反应中的化合物D-200可以如下来制备:将化合物A-100与合适的路易斯酸如硼酸三甲酯在二氯三苯基正膦和氯化亚砜存在下进行接触,以产生酰氯,其通过与醇如甲醇接触,产生相应的酯D-100。一旦反应完成后,D-100可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收;或者可选择地,无需纯化和/或分离而用于接下来的步骤中。Compound D-200 used in the reaction shown in Scheme D can be prepared by contacting compound A-100 with a suitable Lewis acid, such as trimethyl borate, in the presence of dichlorotriphenylphosphorane and thionyl chloride to produce an acid chloride, which, upon contact with an alcohol, such as methanol, produces the corresponding ester D-100. Once the reaction is complete, D-100 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like; or alternatively, it can be used in the next step without purification and/or isolation.
将D-100与大约化学计量量的合适的式D-10的α-氨基酸(其中PG指的是合适的保护性基团如甲磺酰基、甲苯磺酰基等)和催化量的碘化钠接触,可以将化合物D-100变成D-200(式IIA)。所述反应是在本领域公知的常规偶合条件下进行的。然后加入合适的碱如甲醇钠、乙醇钠或者另一在甲醇、DMF或另一合适溶剂中的合适的碱。该反应进行直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。一旦反应完成后,所述化合物D-200可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。Compound D-100 can be converted to D-200 (Formula IIA) by contacting D-100 with an approximately stoichiometric amount of an appropriate α-amino acid of Formula D-10 (where PG refers to a suitable protective group such as mesyl, tosyl, etc.) and a catalytic amount of sodium iodide. The reaction is carried out under conventional coupling conditions well known in the art. A suitable base such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, or another suitable base in methanol, DMF, or another suitable solvent is then added. The reaction is carried out until it is substantially complete, which is typically carried out within about 1-72 hours. Once the reaction is complete, the compound D-200 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like.
通过本发明的方法可以将化合物D-200变成D-300(式IA)。例如在酸如乙酸存在下,将D-200与大约化学计量量或稍过量的式A-20化合物接触,提供化合物D-300。该反应持续直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。一旦反应完成后,所述化合物D-300可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。Compound D-200 can be converted to D-300 (Formula IA) by the methods of the present invention. For example, D-200 is contacted with an approximately stoichiometric amount or a slightly excessive amount of a compound of Formula A-20 in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid to provide compound D-300. The reaction continues until it is substantially complete, which typically occurs within about 1-72 hours. Once the reaction is complete, the compound D-300 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like.
通过本发明的方法可以将化合物D-300变成化合物D-400(式VIIA)和D-500(式IVA)。例如在酸如乙酸存在下,将D-300与过量(例如2–3当量)的化合物A-30接触,提供化合物D-400和D-500。所述反应通常在大约100℃的温度下进行,并且持续直到它基本完成,这通常是在大约1-72小时内进行。化合物D-500可以通过本发明的方法来提供,如将化合物D-400和D-500的混合物与胺如吗啉在合适的极性溶剂如DMF中反应。所述反应通常在低于室温的温度(例如0-10℃)进行。一旦反应完成后,所述化合物D-500可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。Compound D-300 can be converted into compound D-400 (Formula VIIA) and D-500 (Formula IVA) by the method of the present invention. For example, in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid, D-300 is contacted with an excess (e.g., 2-3 equivalents) of compound A-30 to provide compounds D-400 and D-500. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature of about 100°C and continued until it is substantially complete, which is typically carried out within about 1-72 hours. Compound D-500 can be provided by the method of the present invention, such as reacting a mixture of compounds D-400 and D-500 with an amine such as morpholine in a suitable polar solvent such as DMF. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature below room temperature (e.g., 0-10°C). Once the reaction is complete, the compound D-500 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like.
在本发明的反应条件下可以将化合物D-500变成D-600(式VIA)。在某些实施方案中,所述反应条件是氢化反应条件。这样的条件通常包括处于氢气氛下的催化剂如钯催化剂(例如负载在碳上的钯(0))。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应是在压力下进行的。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应条件包括碱如碳酸钠。在一些实施方案中,所述氢化反应条件包括大约0.5-大约1摩尔当量的碳酸钠。Compound D-500 can be changed into D-600 (Formula VIA) under the reaction conditions of the present invention. In certain embodiments, the reaction conditions are hydrogenation conditions. Such conditions generally include catalysts such as palladium catalysts (e.g., palladium (0) supported on carbon) under a hydrogen atmosphere. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation reaction is carried out under pressure. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation conditions include alkali such as sodium carbonate. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation conditions include about 0.5-about 1 molar equivalent of sodium carbonate.
通过将化合物D-600与至少化学计量量或过量合适的氨基酸或其衍生物A-40(具体但不限于甘氨酸或其相应的盐)接触可以合成化合物C-400(式X)。所述反应是在本领域公知的常规偶合条件下进行的。在一种实施方案中,所述反应是在甲醇钠、乙醇钠或者另一在甲醇、DMF或另一合适溶剂中的合适的碱存在下,在升高的反应温度和特别是回流下进行的。该反应持续直到它基本完成,这通常在大约1-72小时内进行。或者,所述反应可以在高温在微波炉中进行。一旦反应完成后,化合物C-400可以通过常规技术如中和、萃取、沉淀、色谱法、过滤等来回收。Compound C-400 (Formula X) can be synthesized by contacting compound D-600 with at least a stoichiometric amount or an excess of a suitable amino acid or its derivative A-40 (specifically, but not limited to, glycine or its corresponding salt). The reaction is carried out under conventional coupling conditions well known in the art. In one embodiment, the reaction is carried out in the presence of sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, or another suitable base in methanol, DMF, or another suitable solvent at elevated reaction temperature and particularly under reflux. The reaction continues until it is substantially complete, which is typically carried out within about 1-72 hours. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out at high temperature in a microwave oven. Once the reaction is complete, compound C-400 can be recovered by conventional techniques such as neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, etc.
用于上面的方案所述的反应中的化合物A-100、A-10、A-20、A-30、A-40和D-10获自市售来源或者可以根据已知的文献程序来制备。本发明所提供的化合物的其他变体是本领域技术人员公知的。例如C-4羟基可以通过常规手段变成相应的醚、酰氧基等。另外,化合物A-40可以作为US专利No.7323475中所提供的来使用。Compound A-100, A-10, A-20, A-30, A-40 and D-10 used in the reaction described in the above scheme are available from commercial sources or can be prepared according to known literature procedures. Other variants of compound provided by the present invention are well known to those skilled in the art. For example, the C-4 hydroxyl can become corresponding ether, acyloxy etc. through conventional means. In addition, compound A-40 can be used as provided in US Patent No. 7323475.
在本领域中,异喹啉化合物是根据这样的方法来制备的,其不是大规模生产所期望的(方案E,其中R20是通用缩写,其代表了此处所述的取代基(即,烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基等))。示例性取代基包括烷基、烷氧基、杂烷基、芳基、芳氧基等,其中每个如本文所定义。例如根据US专利No.7323475所制备的异喹啉化合物包括不期望的区域异构体E-200和E-300色谱分离。可以预期的是这样的方法在大规模上将是低效率的。另外,将E-400转化成相应的溴化物E-500以提供化合物E-600的异喹啉环上的烷基取代需要使用溴氧化磷,其是有毒和潜在爆炸性的。与以前公开的方法相反,本发明方法的优势在于不需要使用这样的危险试剂来合成异喹啉化合物。In the art, isoquinoline compounds are prepared according to such methods, which are not desirable for large-scale production (Scheme E, wherein R 20 is a general abbreviation representing a substituent as described herein (i.e., alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, etc.)). Exemplary substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, etc., each of which is as defined herein. For example, isoquinoline compounds prepared according to US Patent No. 7,323,475 include undesirable regioisomers E-200 and E-300, which are chromatographically separated. It is expected that such a method will be inefficient on a large scale. In addition, the conversion of E-400 to the corresponding bromide E-500 to provide the alkyl substitution on the isoquinoline ring of compound E-600 requires the use of phosphorus oxybromide, which is toxic and potentially explosive. In contrast to previously disclosed methods, the method of the present invention has the advantage that such hazardous reagents do not need to be used to synthesize isoquinoline compounds.
方案EPlan E
1-二甲基氨基甲基-4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯的合成已经在US专利No.7323475中报道,其使用了4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯、N,N-二甲基亚甲基碘化铵和碳酸钾在无水二氯甲烷中的混合物。但是,仅仅获得了16%的期望的1-二甲基氨基甲基-4-羟基-7-苯基硫基-异喹啉-3-甲酸丁酯。与以前公开的方法相反,本发明方法的优势在于提供了合成本文所述化合物的良好产率。The synthesis of 1-dimethylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester has been reported in U.S. Patent No. 7,323,475, which used a mixture of 4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester, N,N-dimethylmethyleneammonium iodide, and potassium carbonate in anhydrous dichloromethane. However, only 16% of the desired 1-dimethylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-7-phenylsulfanyl-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid butyl ester was obtained. In contrast to previously disclosed methods, the present method has the advantage of providing good yields for the compounds described herein.
实施例Example
本发明进一步通过参考下面的实施例来理解,其目的纯粹是本发明的示例。本发明不限于示例性实施方案的范围,其仅仅用于说明本发明的单个方面。功能相等的任何方法处于本发明的范围内。对本领域技术人员来说,除了此处所述的那些之外,对本发明不同的改变从前述说明书和附图而变得显而易见。这样的改变落入所附权利要求的范围内。The present invention will be further understood by reference to the following examples, which are intended to be purely illustrative of the present invention. The present invention is not limited in scope to the exemplary embodiments, which are intended to illustrate individual aspects of the present invention only. Any functionally equivalent methods are within the scope of the present invention. Various modifications of the present invention, in addition to those described herein, will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and accompanying drawings. Such modifications fall within the scope of the appended claims.
除非另有说明,否则全部的温度是摄氏度(℃)。同样,在这些实施例和其他之处,其中缩写具有下面的含义:Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are in degrees Celsius (° C.). Also, in these examples and elsewhere, the abbreviations have the following meanings:
EtOH=乙醇EtOH = ethanol
Et=乙基Et = Ethyl
g=克g = grams
h=小时h = hours
HPLC=高效液相色谱法HPLC = High Performance Liquid Chromatography
L=升L = liters
MeOH=甲醇MeOH = methanol
mg=毫克mg = milligrams
min=分钟min = minutes
mL=毫升mL = milliliters
mM=毫摩尔量mM = millimolar
mmol=毫摩尔mmol = millimole
Ac=乙酰基Ac=Acetyl
NaOMe=甲醇钠NaOMe = sodium methoxide
实施例1Example 1
制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(1b)a) Preparation of methyl 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (1b)
可向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中装入1a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述1a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式(overhead)搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到该混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到55±5℃且保持至少8h。然后可以通过HPLC评价所述反应。如果1a的量大于0.5%,则可以将反应在55±5℃再搅拌2小时并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 1a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 1a in acetic acid can be stirred vigorously with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processes, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55±5°C and maintained for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 1a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55±5°C for an additional 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(1c)b) Preparation of methyl 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (1c)
可将来自实施例1a)的1b溶液冷却到低于25℃,此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和1b的二甲基胺之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果1b的量大于2%,则可以将所述反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The 1b solution from Example 1a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a temperature rise of 20-25°C can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and the dimethylamine of 1b. Excessive heat generated will result in the unsafe rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 1b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
1d可以通过下面的程序转化成1c。可将来自上述程序的1c和1d的溶液冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则所述反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定的加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。所述混合物然后可以冷却并在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤所述混合物,并且用水(3X)洗涤湿饼,加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),和将溶液用HPLC评价。1d can be converted to 1c by the following procedure. The solution of 1c and 1d from the above procedure can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered and the wet cake washed with water (3X) and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer), and the solution can be evaluated by HPLC.
1c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。上述溶液可以加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将所述混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,和用HPLC评价。如果1d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦反应完成,则1c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤并在真空下和50±5℃进行干燥。1c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 1d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 1c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, which can be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(1e)c) Preparation of methyl 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (1e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器中装入1c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净化。所述烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(1c<0.5%)。所述烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次和通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下于50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 1c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum purged with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (1c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace purged three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration filter paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸(1f)d) Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid (1f)
2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸可以由1e根据下面的步骤来制备。2-(4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid can be prepared from 1e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入1e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,所述反应形成了黄色悬浮液。所述反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。所述反应可以持续直到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的1e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤、真空干燥、用水溶解和用乙酸乙酯萃取以将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且可在1小时后加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤并将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮,并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X),真空下干燥以获得2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-5-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 1e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (having 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 hours, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can be continued until less than 1% of 1e remains when measured by HPLC, filtered, washed with methanol, vacuum dried, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. The ethyl acetate can be removed, and an acetic acid solution (having 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, and the solid washed with water (3X), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2X), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10° C., 3X), and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-5-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid.
实施例2Example 2
制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(2b)a) Preparation of methyl 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (2b)
向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中可以装入2a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述2a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到所述混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到55±5℃,保持至少8h。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果2a的量大于0.5%,则可以将所述反应在55±5℃在搅拌2小时,并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 2a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 2a in acetic acid can be vigorously stirred with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processing, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55±5°C and maintained for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 2a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55±5°C for 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(2c)b) Preparation of methyl 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (2c)
可将来自实施例2a)的2b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和二甲基胺或者2b之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果2b的量大于2%,则可以将所述反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The solution of 2b from Example 2a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a 20-25°C temperature rise can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and dimethylamine or 2b. Excess heat generated will result in the unsafe rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 2b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
2d可以通过下面的步骤转化成2c。可将来自上述步骤的2c和2d的溶液冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则所述反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定的加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。所述混合物然后可以冷却和在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤该混合物,并且用水(3X)洗涤湿饼,加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将所述混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),并将溶液用HPLC评价。2d can be converted to 2c by the following steps. The solution of 2c and 2d from the above step can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered and the wet cake washed with water (3X) and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer) and the solution evaluated by HPLC.
2c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。可将上面的溶液加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将所述混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,并用HPLC评价。如果2d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦该反应完成,则2c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤,在50±5℃真空下进行干燥。2c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 2d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 2c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, which can be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(2e)c) Preparation of methyl 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (2e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器中装入2c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净化。所述烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(2c<0.5%)。所述烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次和通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下在50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 2c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum purged with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (2c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace purged three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration filter paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸(2f)d) Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid (2f)
2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸是由2e根据下面的步骤来制备。2-(4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid was prepared from 2e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入2e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,所述反应形成了黄色悬浮液。所述反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。所述反应可以持续直到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的2e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤、真空干燥、用水溶解和用乙酸乙酯萃取来将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且可在1小时后加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤,并将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X)并真空下干燥以获得2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-6-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 2e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (with 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 h, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can continue until less than 1% of 2e remains when measured by HPLC, which is then filtered, washed with methanol, vacuum-dried, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. Ethyl acetate can be removed, and acetic acid solution (with 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, and the solid washed with water (3×), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2×), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10° C., 3X) and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid.
实施例3Example 3
制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid
a)制备5-苯氧基苯并呋喃酮a) Preparation of 5-phenoxybenzofuranone
向反应器中装入DMF(68Kg),并且开始搅拌。所述反应器然后装入酚(51Kg)、乙酰基丙酮(8Kg)、5-溴苯并呋喃酮(85Kg)、溴化铜(9Kg)和碳酸钾(77Kg)。将混合物加热到高于85℃,并且保持直到反应完成,然后冷却。加入水。将固体过滤并用水洗涤。将固体溶解在二氯甲烷中,并且用HCl水溶液洗涤和然后用水洗涤。在压力下除去溶剂,并且加入甲醇。将所述混合物搅拌和过滤。固体用甲醇洗涤并在炉子中干燥,产生5-苯氧基苯并呋喃酮(产率:72%,HPLC:99.6%)。DMF (68Kg) is loaded into the reactor and stirring is started. The reactor is then charged with phenol (51Kg), acetylacetone (8Kg), 5-bromobenzofuranone (85Kg), cupric bromide (9Kg) and potassium carbonate (77Kg). The mixture is heated to above 85°C and maintained until the reaction is complete, then cooled. Water is added. The solid is filtered and washed with water. The solid is dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with an HCl aqueous solution and then washed with water. The solvent is removed under pressure and methanol is added. The mixture is stirred and filtered. The solid is washed with methanol and dried in a stove to produce 5-phenoxybenzofuranone (yield: 72%, HPLC: 99.6%).
b)制备2-氯甲基-4-苯氧基苯甲酸甲酯b) Preparation of methyl 2-chloromethyl-4-phenoxybenzoate
向反应器中装入甲苯(24Kg),并开始搅拌。然后向所述反应器中装入5-苯氧基苯并呋喃酮(56Kg)、亚硫酰氯(41Kg)、硼酸三甲酯(1Kg)、二氯三苯基正膦(2.5Kg)和碳酸钾(77Kg)。将所述混合物加热到回流,直到反应完成,除去溶剂以留下2-氯甲基-4-苯氧基苯甲酰氯。装入甲醇,将所述混合物加热到高于50℃,直到反应完成。除去溶剂,并用DMF置换。将所述产物甲基2-氯甲基-4-苯氧基苯甲酸甲酯在DMF中的溶液直接用于接下来的步骤中(HPLC:85%)。Toluene (24Kg) was loaded into the reactor and stirring was started. 5-phenoxybenzofuranone (56Kg), thionyl chloride (41Kg), trimethyl borate (1Kg), dichlorotriphenylphosphorane (2.5Kg) and potassium carbonate (77Kg) were then loaded into the reactor. The mixture was heated to reflux until the reaction was complete, and the solvent was removed to leave 2-chloromethyl-4-phenoxybenzoyl chloride. Methanol was added and the mixture was heated to above 50°C until the reaction was complete. The solvent was removed and replaced with DMF. The solution of the product, methyl 2-chloromethyl-4-phenoxybenzoate in DMF, was directly used in the next step (HPLC: 85%).
c)制备4-羟基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3a)c) Preparation of methyl 4-hydroxy-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3a)
向反应器中装入于DMF中的2-氯甲基-4-苯氧基苯甲酸甲酯(~68Kg)溶液,并且开始搅拌。所述反应器然后装入对甲苯磺酰基甘氨酸甲酯(66Kg)、碳酸钾(60Kg)和碘化钠(4Kg)。将所述混合物加热到至少50℃直到反应完成。冷却所述混合物。装入于甲醇种中甲醇钠的溶液,将所述混合物搅拌直到反应完成。加入乙酸和水,并且将所述混合物搅拌、过滤和水洗。固体是通过丙酮研碎来纯化的,并且在炉子中干燥,产生3a(来自步骤b)的产率:58%;HPLC:99.4%)。1H NMR(200MHz,DMSO-d6)d11.60(s,1H),8.74(s,1H),8.32(d,J=9.0Hz,1H),7.60(dd,J=2.3&9.0Hz,1H),7.49(m,3H),7.24(m,3H),3.96(s,3H);MS-(+)-离子M+1=296.09A solution of methyl 2-chloromethyl-4-phenoxybenzoate (~68 Kg) in DMF was charged to a reactor and stirring was started. The reactor was then charged with methyl p-toluenesulfonylglycine ester (66 Kg), potassium carbonate (60 Kg) and sodium iodide (4 Kg). The mixture was heated to at least 50°C until the reaction was complete. The mixture was cooled. A solution of sodium methoxide in methanol was charged and the mixture was stirred until the reaction was complete. Acetic acid and water were added and the mixture was stirred, filtered and washed with water. The solid was purified by trituration with acetone and dried in an oven to give 3a (yield from step b): 58%; HPLC: 99.4%). 1 H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) d 11.60 (s, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 2.3 & 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H); MS-(+)-ion M+1 = 296.09
d)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3b)d) Preparation of methyl 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3b)
向烧瓶中装入3a(29.5g)和乙酸(44.3g±5%),然后搅拌。缓慢加入双-二甲基氨基甲烷(12.8g±2%)。将所述混合物加热到55±5℃并保持直到反应完成。将反应产物用MS、HPLC和1H NMR进行评价。1H NMR(200MHz,DMSO-d6)d11.7(S,1H),8.38(d,J=9.0Hz,1H),7.61(dd,J=9.0,2.7Hz,1H),7.49(m,3H),7.21(m,3H),5.34(s,2H),3.97(s,3H),1.98(s,3H);MS-(+)-离子M+1=368.12。A flask was charged with 3a (29.5 g) and acetic acid (44.3 g ± 5%), and stirred. Bis-dimethylaminomethane (12.8 g ± 2%) was slowly added. The mixture was heated to 55 ± 5°C and maintained until the reaction was complete. The reaction product was evaluated by MS, HPLC, and H NMR. H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) d 11.7 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.21 (m, 3H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H); MS-(+)-ion M+1 = 368.12.
e)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3c)e) Preparation of methyl 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3c)
将来自上面a)的3b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,加入乙酸酐(28.6g±3.5%)以保持温度低于50℃。将所形成的混合物加热到100±5℃直到反应完成。The solution of 3b from a) above was cooled to below 25° C., at which point acetic anhydride (28.6 g ± 3.5%) was added to maintain the temperature below 50° C. The resulting mixture was heated to 100 ± 5° C. until the reaction was complete.
将来自上面的3c和3d的溶液冷却到小于65±5℃。缓慢加入水(250mL)。然后将所述混合物冷却到低于20±5℃和过滤。用水(3x50mL)洗涤湿饼并加入到新的烧瓶中。加入二氯甲烷(90mL)和水(30mL),并将所形成的混合物搅拌。将二氯甲烷层分离,用HPLC评价。The solution of 3c and 3d above was cooled to less than 65 ± 5 ° C. Water (250 mL) was slowly added. The mixture was then cooled to less than 20 ± 5 ° C and filtered. The wet cake was washed with water (3x50 mL) and added to a new flask. Dichloromethane (90 mL) and water (30 mL) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred. The dichloromethane layer was separated and evaluated by HPLC.
将有机层加入到烧瓶中和冷却5±5℃。加入吗啉并搅拌所述混合物直到反应完成。将溶剂用丙酮/甲醇混合物置换。冷却后,化合物3c沉淀,并且过滤、洗涤并在炉子中干燥(产率:81%,HPLC:>99.7%)。1H NMR(200MHz,DMSO-d6)d11.6(S,1H),8.31(d,J=9.0Hz,1H),7.87(d,J=2.3Hz,1H),7.49(m,3H),7.24(m,3H),3.95(s,3H),3.68(s,2H),2.08(s,6H);MS-(+)-离子M+1=357.17。The organic layer was added to a flask and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine was added and the mixture was stirred until the reaction was complete. The solvent was replaced with an acetone/methanol mixture. After cooling, compound 3c precipitated and was filtered, washed, and dried in an oven (yield: 81%, HPLC: >99.7%). 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) d 11.6 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 6H); MS-(+)-ion M+1=357.17.
f)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(3e)f) Preparation of methyl 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (3e)
向反应器装入3c(16.0g)、Pd/C(2.08g)、无水Na2CO3(2.56g)和乙酸乙酯(120mL)。将所述烧瓶用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净纯化。所述烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压,并且在大约60℃搅拌直到反应完成。将所述烧瓶冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次并过滤混合物。将滤出液浓缩。加入甲醇。搅拌所述混合物,然后冷却。产物沉淀,过滤并在炉子中干燥(产率:90%,HPLC:99.7%)。A reactor was charged with 3c (16.0 g), Pd/C (2.08 g), anhydrous Na₂CO₃ ( 2.56 g), and ethyl acetate (120 mL). The flask was vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and hydrogen (3X). The flask was then pressurized with hydrogen and stirred at approximately 60°C until the reaction was complete. The flask was cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure was released to ambient, the headspace was purged three times with nitrogen, and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. Methanol was added. The mixture was stirred and then cooled. The product precipitated, filtered, and dried in an oven (yield: 90%, HPLC: 99.7%).
g)制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸(3f)g) Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid (3f)
2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸是由3e根据下面的步骤来制备的。2-(4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid was prepared from 3e according to the following procedure.
向压力烧瓶中装入3e(30.92g)、甘氨酸(22.52g)、甲醇(155mL)、甲醇钠溶液(64.81g),并密封(作为一个选项,使用甘氨酸钠来代替甘氨酸和甲醇钠)。将所述反应加热到大约110℃,直到反应完成。将所述混合物冷却、过滤,用甲醇洗涤、真空干燥,溶解在水中并用乙酸乙酯洗涤。除去乙酸乙酯,并且向所形成的含水层中加入乙酸(18.0g)溶液。将所述悬浮液在室温搅拌、过滤和将固体用水(3x30mL)洗涤、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2x20mL)洗涤,并且在真空下干燥以获得2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-7-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸(产率:86.1%,HPLC:99.8%)。A pressure flask was charged with 3e (30.92 g), glycine (22.52 g), methanol (155 mL), sodium methoxide solution (64.81 g), and sealed (as an option, sodium glycinate was used instead of glycine and sodium methoxide). The reaction was heated to approximately 110° C. until the reaction was complete. The mixture was cooled, filtered, washed with methanol, dried under vacuum, dissolved in water, and washed with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate was removed, and acetic acid (18.0 g) solution was added to the resulting aqueous layer. The suspension was stirred at room temperature, filtered, and the solid was washed with water (3×30 mL), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2×20 mL), and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid (yield: 86.1%, HPLC: 99.8%).
实施例4Example 4
制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(4b)a) Preparation of methyl 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (4b)
可向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中装入4a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述4a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到所述混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到55±5℃并保持至少8h。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果4a的量大于0.5%,则可以将所述反应在55±5℃再搅拌2小时,并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 4a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 4a in acetic acid can be vigorously stirred with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processes, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55±5°C and maintained for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 4a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55±5°C for an additional 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(4c)b) Preparation of methyl 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylate (4c)
可将来自实施例4a)的4b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和二甲基胺4b之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将该混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。该反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果4b的量大于2%,则可以将所述反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The solution of 4b from Example 4a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a 20-25°C temperature rise can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and dimethylamine 4b. Excessive heat generated would result in the unsafe rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 4b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
4d可以通过下面的步骤转化成4c。将来自上述步骤的4c和4d的溶液可以冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则该反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定的加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。所述混合物然后可以冷却并在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤该混合物,并且用水洗涤(3X)湿饼,加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将该混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),并将溶液用HPLC评价。4d can be converted to 4c by the following steps. The solution of 4c and 4d from the above step can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered and the wet cake washed (3X) with water and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer) and the solution evaluated by HPLC.
4c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。上面的溶液可以加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将该混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,并用HPLC评价。如果4d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦该反应完成,则4c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤,在真空下于50±5℃进行干燥。4c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 4d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 4c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, which can be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(4e)c) Preparation of 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (4e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器中装入4c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净化。该烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(4c<0.5%)。该烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次,并通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下于50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 4c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum purged with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (4c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace purged three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration filter paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸(4f)d) Preparation of 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid (4f)
2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸是由4e根据下面的步骤来制备。2-(4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid was prepared from 4e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入4e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,该反应形成了黄色悬浮液。所述反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。该反应可以持续到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的4e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤、真空干燥,用水溶解并用乙酸乙酯萃取以将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且在1小时后可以加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤,和将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并且用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X)并真空下干燥以获得2-(4-羟基-1-甲基-8-苯氧基异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基)乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 4e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (having 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 h, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can continue until less than 1% of 4e remains when measured by HPLC, which is then filtered, washed with methanol, dried under vacuum, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. Ethyl acetate can be removed, and acetic acid solution (having 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, and the solid washed with water (3X), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2X), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10° C., 3X) and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-(4-hydroxy-1-methyl-8-phenoxyisoquinoline-3-carboxamido)acetic acid.
实施例5Example 5
制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(5b)a) Preparation of 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (5b)
可向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中装入5a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述5a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到所述混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将该混合物加热到55±5℃,保持至少8h。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果5a的量大于0.5%,则可以将该反应在55±5℃再搅拌2小时,并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 5a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 5a in acetic acid can be stirred vigorously with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processes, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55 ± 5°C and maintained for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 5a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55 ± 5°C for an additional 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(5c)b) Preparation of 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (5c)
可将来自实施例5a)的5b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和二甲基胺或者5b之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。该反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果5b的量大于2%,则可以将该反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The solution of 5b from Example 5a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a 20-25°C temperature rise can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and dimethylamine or 5b. Excess heat generated will result in the unsafe rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 5b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
5d可以通过下面的步骤转化成5c。可将来自上述步骤的5c和5d的溶液冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则该反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定地加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。所述混合物然后可以冷却并在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤该混合物,并且用水洗涤(3X)湿饼并加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将该混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),并将溶液用HPLC评价。5d can be converted to 5c by the following steps. The solution of 5c and 5d from the above step can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered and the wet cake washed (3X) with water and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer) and the solution evaluated by HPLC.
5c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。上面的溶液可以加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将所述混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,并用HPLC评价。如果5d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦该反应完成,则5c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤,在真空下于50±5℃进行干燥。5c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 5d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 5c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, which can be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(5e)c) Preparation of 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (5e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器装入5c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空羧化。该烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(5c<0.5%)。该烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气羧化三次并通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下于50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 5c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum carboxylated with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (5c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace carboxylated three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸(5f)d) Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid (5f)
2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸是由5e根据下面的步骤来制备的。2-[4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid was prepared from 5e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入5e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,所述反应形成了黄色悬浮液。所述反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。所述反应可以持续到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的5e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤,真空干燥、用水溶解并用乙酸乙酯萃取以将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且在1小时后可以加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤,将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X),真空下干燥以获得2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 5e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (having 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 h, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can continue until less than 1% of 5e remains when measured by HPLC, which is then filtered, washed with methanol, vacuum dried, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. Ethyl acetate can be removed, and acetic acid solution (having 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, the solid washed with water (3X), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2X), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10° C., 3X), and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid.
实施例6Example 6
制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(6b)a) Preparation of 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (6b)
可向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中装入6a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述6a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到所述混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到55±5℃,保持至少8h。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果6a的量大于0.5%,则可以将该反应在55±5℃再搅拌2小时,并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 6a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 6a in acetic acid can be vigorously stirred with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processes, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55±5°C for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 6a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55±5°C for an additional 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(6c)b) Preparation of 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (6c)
可来自实施例6a)的6b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和二甲基胺或者6b之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。该反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果6b的量大于2%,则可以将该反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The solution of 6b from Example 6a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a temperature rise of 20-25°C can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and dimethylamine or 6b. Excessive heat generated will result in the unsafe rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 6b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
6d可以通过下面的步骤转化成6c。将来自上述步骤的6c和6d的溶液可以冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则该反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定地加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。所述混合物然后可以冷却和在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤该混合物,并且用水(3X)洗涤湿饼并加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将该混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),并将溶液用HPLC评价。6d can be converted to 6c by the following steps. The solution of 6c and 6d from the above step can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered and the wet cake washed with water (3X) and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer) and the solution evaluated by HPLC.
6c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。可将上面的溶液加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将该混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,并用HPLC评价。如果6d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦所述反应完成,则6c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤,在真空下于50±5℃进行干燥。6c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 6d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 6c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(6e)c) Preparation of 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (6e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器中装入6c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净化。该烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(6c<0.5%)。该烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次并通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下于50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 6c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum purged with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (6c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace purged three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸(6f)d) Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid (6f)
2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸是由6e根据下面的步骤来制备的。2-[4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid was prepared from 6e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入6e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,该反应形成了黄色悬浮液。该反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。该反应可以持续到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的6e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤、真空干燥,用水溶解并用乙酸乙酯萃取以将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且在1小时后可以加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤,并将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并且用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X),真空下干燥以获得2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(4-甲氧基-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 6e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (having 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 h, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can continue until less than 1% of 6e remains when measured by HPLC, filtered, washed with methanol, vacuum dried, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. Ethyl acetate can be removed, and acetic acid solution (having 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, and the solid washed with water (3X), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2X), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10° C., 3X), and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid.
实施例7Example 7
制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(7b)a) Preparation of 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (7b)
可向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中装入7a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述7a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到所述混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到55±5℃并保持至少8h。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果7a的量大于0.5%,则可以将该反应在55±5℃再搅拌2小时,并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 7a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 7a in acetic acid can be vigorously stirred with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processes, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55±5°C and maintained for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 7a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55±5°C for an additional 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(7c)b) Preparation of 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (7c)
可将来自实施例7a)的7b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和二甲基胺或者7b之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果7b的量大于2%,则可以将所述反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The solution of 7b from Example 7a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a 20-25°C temperature rise can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and dimethylamine or 7b. Excess heat generated will result in an unsafe and rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 7b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
7d可以通过下面的步骤转化成7c。可将来自上述步骤的7c和7d的溶液冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则该反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定的加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。可将所述混合物然后冷却并在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤该混合物,用水(3X)洗涤湿饼并加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将该混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),并将溶液用HPLC评价。7d can be converted to 7c by the following steps. The solution of 7c and 7d from the above step can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered, the wet cake washed with water (3X) and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer) and the solution evaluated by HPLC.
7c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。上面的溶液可加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将该混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,并用HPLC评价。如果7d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦该反应完成,则7c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤,在真空下于50±5℃进行干燥。7c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 7d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 7c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, which can be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(7e)c) Preparation of 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (7e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器中装入7c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净化。该烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(7c<0.5%)。该烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次并通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下于50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 7c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum purged with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (7c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace purged three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸(7f)d) Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid (7f)
2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸是由7e根据下面的步骤来制备的。2-[4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid was prepared from 7e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入7e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,该反应形成了黄色悬浮液。所述反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。该反应可以持续到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的7e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤、真空干燥,用水溶解并用乙酸乙酯萃取以将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且在1小时后可以加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤,并将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X),真空下干燥以获得2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-7-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 7e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (having 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 h, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can continue until less than 1% of 7e remains when measured by HPLC, which is then filtered, washed with methanol, dried under vacuum, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. Ethyl acetate can be removed, and acetic acid solution (having 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, and the solid washed with water (3×), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2×), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10 ° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10 ° C., 3X), and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-7-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid.
实施例8Example 8
制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid
a)制备1-((二甲基氨基)甲基)-4-羟基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(8b)a) Preparation of 1-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-hydroxy-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (8b)
可向配备有热电偶和冷凝器的圆底烧瓶中装入8a和乙酸(大约7摩尔当量±5%)。可将所述8a在乙酸中的悬浮液用磁搅拌强力搅拌(备注:对于更大规模的处理,应当进行顶置式搅拌)。然后可以将稍微过量的双-二甲基氨基甲烷(大约1.25摩尔当量)缓慢加入到所述混合物中[备注:反应是轻微放热的,可以观察到15-20℃的升温]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到55±5℃并保持至少8h。该反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果8a的量大于0.5%,则可以将该反应在55±5℃再搅拌2小时,并通过HPLC再次评价。A round-bottom flask equipped with a thermocouple and a condenser can be charged with 8a and acetic acid (approximately 7 molar equivalents ± 5%). The suspension of 8a in acetic acid can be vigorously stirred with a magnetic stirrer (Note: For larger-scale processes, overhead stirring should be performed). A slight excess of bis-dimethylaminomethane (approximately 1.25 molar equivalents) can then be slowly added to the mixture [Note: The reaction is slightly exothermic and a temperature rise of 15-20°C can be observed]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 55±5°C and maintained for at least 8 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 8a is greater than 0.5%, the reaction can be stirred at 55±5°C for an additional 2 hours and evaluated again by HPLC.
b)制备1-((乙酰氧基)甲基)-4-羟基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(8c)b) Preparation of 1-((acetoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (8c)
可将来自实施例8a)的8b溶液冷却到低于25℃,在此时,可以缓慢加入温度低于50℃的乙酸酐(大约3摩尔当量)[备注:反应是放热的,可以观察到20-25℃的升温。加入速率对于控制乙酸酐和二甲基胺或者8b之间的放热反应是重要的。所产生的过量的热将会导致气态二甲基胺不安全地快速形成]。在所述添加完成后,可以将所述混合物加热到100±5℃保持20-24小时。所述反应然后可以通过HPLC评价。如果8b的量大于2%,则可以将该反应再搅拌2小时,然后通过HPLC再次评价。The solution of 8b from Example 8a) can be cooled to below 25°C, at which point acetic anhydride (approximately 3 molar equivalents) at a temperature below 50°C can be slowly added [Note: The reaction is exothermic and a 20-25°C temperature rise can be observed. The rate of addition is important for controlling the exothermic reaction between acetic anhydride and dimethylamine or 8b. Excess heat generated will result in the unsafe rapid formation of gaseous dimethylamine]. After the addition is complete, the mixture can be heated to 100±5°C for 20-24 hours. The reaction can then be evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 8b is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional 2 hours and then evaluated again by HPLC.
8d可以通过下面的步骤转化成8c。可将来自上述步骤的8c和8d的溶液冷却到小于65±5℃,并且良好混合。如果所述反应温度低于30℃,则该反应会凝固。可以缓慢和稳定的加入水(第一半可以在1小时后加入,其余部分在30分钟后加入)。所述混合物然后可以冷却并在20±5℃搅拌至少3小时,在此时,可以过滤该混合物,用水(3X)洗涤湿饼并加入到配备有机械搅拌器的圆底烧瓶中。可以加入二氯甲烷和水(3:1体积),并且将该混合物搅拌30分钟。可以分离二氯甲烷(不包括界面或者含水层),并将溶液用HPLC评价。8d can be converted to 8c by the following steps. The solution of 8c and 8d from the above step can be cooled to less than 65±5°C and mixed well. If the reaction temperature is below 30°C, the reaction will solidify. Water can be added slowly and steadily (the first half can be added after 1 hour and the rest after 30 minutes). The mixture can then be cooled and stirred at 20±5°C for at least 3 hours, at which time the mixture can be filtered, the wet cake washed with water (3X) and added to a round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Dichloromethane and water (3:1 volume) can be added and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The dichloromethane can be separated (excluding the interface or aqueous layer) and the solution evaluated by HPLC.
8c可以根据下面的步骤进一步纯化。上面的溶液可以加入到安装有机械搅拌器的烧瓶中,并且冷却到5±5℃。可以加入吗啉,并且将该混合物在5±5℃搅拌30-60分钟,并用HPLC评价。如果8d的量大于2%,则所述反应可以再搅拌1小时。一旦该反应完成,则8c会从冷丙酮/甲醇溶液中沉淀,将其过滤、洗涤,在真空下于50±5℃进行干燥。8c can be further purified according to the following procedure. The above solution can be added to a flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and cooled to 5±5°C. Morpholine can be added, and the mixture can be stirred at 5±5°C for 30-60 minutes and evaluated by HPLC. If the amount of 8d is greater than 2%, the reaction can be stirred for an additional hour. Once the reaction is complete, 8c will precipitate from the cold acetone/methanol solution, be filtered, washed, and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
c)制备4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酸甲酯(8e)c) Preparation of 4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (8e)
可向配备有4叶叶轮的玻璃衬里帕尔压力反应器容器中装入8c、Pd/C(大约0.4-0.5摩尔当量)、无水Na2CO3(大约0.5摩尔当量)和乙酸乙酯。所述烧瓶然后可以用氮气(3X)真空净化和用氢气(3X)真空净化。该烧瓶然后可以用氢气加压到设定点60psi,并且在60℃搅拌6-8h,直到反应完成(8c<0.5%)。该烧瓶然后可以冷却到20-25℃,压力释放到环境,将顶部空间用氮气净化三次并通过玻璃微滤滤纸进行过滤。滤出液可以浓缩并从冷甲醇中沉淀,在真空下于50±5℃干燥。A glass-lined Parr pressure reactor vessel equipped with a 4-blade impeller can be charged with 8c, Pd/C (approximately 0.4-0.5 molar equivalents), anhydrous Na2CO3 (approximately 0.5 molar equivalents), and ethyl acetate. The flask can then be vacuum purged with nitrogen (3X) and vacuum purged with hydrogen (3X). The flask can then be pressurized with hydrogen to a set point of 60 psi and stirred at 60°C for 6-8 hours until the reaction is complete (8c <0.5%). The flask can then be cooled to 20-25°C, the pressure released to ambient, the headspace purged three times with nitrogen, and filtered through glass microfiltration paper. The filtrate can be concentrated and precipitated from cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 50±5°C.
d)制备2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸(8f)d) Preparation of 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid (8f)
2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸是由8e根据下面的步骤来制备的。2-[4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid was prepared from 8e according to the following procedure.
压力玻璃反应烧瓶(其包括用于螺帽盖的顶部螺线)可以安装有磁搅拌器,装入8e、甘氨酸(大约3摩尔当量)、甲醇和甲醇钠溶液(具有1.2摩尔当量的NaOCH3),并且密封。所述反应然后可以加热到110℃保持至少6h,在此期间,该反应形成了黄色悬浮液。该反应然后可以冷却到20-25℃,并且通过HPLC评价。该反应可以持续到通过HPLC测量时剩余小于1%的8e,将其过滤、甲醇洗涤、真空干燥,用水溶解并用乙酸乙酯萃取以将杂质除去到低于0.1%。可以除去乙酸乙酯,并且在1小时后可以加入乙酸溶液(具有3摩尔当量的乙酸)。所述悬浮液可以在室温搅拌至少3小时,过滤,将固体用水(3X)、冷丙酮(5-10℃,2X)洗涤,并且用HPLC评价杂质。如果存在着丙酮可除去的杂质,则所述烧瓶可以装入丙酮并回流至少8h,缓慢冷却到5-10℃,搅拌至少2-3h,过滤,用冷丙酮洗涤(5-10℃,3X),真空下干燥以获得2-[4-羟基-1-甲基-6-(3,5-二氟-苯氧基)-异喹啉-3-甲酰胺基]乙酸。A pressure glass reaction flask (which includes a top thread for a screw cap) can be equipped with a magnetic stirrer, charged with 8e, glycine (approximately 3 molar equivalents), methanol, and sodium methoxide solution (having 1.2 molar equivalents of NaOCH 3 ), and sealed. The reaction can then be heated to 110° C. for at least 6 h, during which time the reaction forms a yellow suspension. The reaction can then be cooled to 20-25° C. and evaluated by HPLC. The reaction can continue until less than 1% of 8e remains when measured by HPLC, filtered, washed with methanol, vacuum dried, dissolved in water, and extracted with ethyl acetate to remove impurities to less than 0.1%. Ethyl acetate can be removed, and acetic acid solution (having 3 molar equivalents of acetic acid) can be added after 1 hour. The suspension can be stirred at room temperature for at least 3 hours, filtered, the solid washed with water (3X), cold acetone (5-10° C., 2X), and evaluated for impurities by HPLC. If acetone-removable impurities are present, the flask can be charged with acetone and refluxed for at least 8 h, slowly cooled to 5-10° C., stirred for at least 2-3 h, filtered, washed with cold acetone (5-10° C., 3X), and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-[4-hydroxy-1-methyl-6-(3,5-difluoro-phenoxy)-isoquinoline-3-carboxamido]acetic acid.
实施例9Example 9
生物学测试Biological tests
本发明的化合物和方法可以用于合成不同的异喹啉化合物。已知这样的化合物能够用于抑制HIF羟化酶活性,由此提高缺氧诱导因子(HIF)的稳定性和/或活性,并且能够用于治疗和预防与HIF有关的病症和紊乱(参见例如US专利No.7323475,US公开No.2007/0004627,US公开No.2006/0276477和US公开No.2007/0259960,在此引入作为参考)。The compounds and methods of the present invention can be used to synthesize various isoquinoline compounds. Such compounds are known to inhibit HIF hydroxylase activity, thereby increasing the stability and/or activity of hypoxia-inducible factor (HIF), and to treat and prevent HIF-related conditions and disorders (see, for example, US Patent No. 7,323,475, US Publication No. 2007/0004627, US Publication No. 2006/0276477, and US Publication No. 2007/0259960, which are incorporated herein by reference).
示例性取代的异喹啉化合物的生物学活性可以使用任何常规已知的方法来评价。在具体的实施方案中,来源于动物组织(优选人类组织)的细胞,当通过本发明化合物进行刺激时其能够表达红细胞生成素被培养以用于生物体外生产内生蛋白质。预期用于该方法的细胞包括但不限于,来源于肝的、造血的、肾的和神经系统组织的细胞。The biological activity of the exemplary substituted isoquinoline compounds can be evaluated using any conventionally known method. In a specific embodiment, cells derived from animal tissue (preferably human tissue) that are capable of expressing erythropoietin when stimulated by a compound of the invention are cultured for in vitro production of endogenous proteins. Cells contemplated for use in this method include, but are not limited to, cells derived from liver, hematopoietic, renal, and nervous system tissues.
细胞培养技术通常是本领域可以利用的,并且包括任何这样的方法,其能够保持细胞存活性和促进内生蛋白质的表达。细胞通常是在优化用于细胞生长、存活和蛋白质生产的生长培养基中培养的。细胞可以处于悬浮液中或者附着到基质上上,并且培养基可以以分批供料或者连续流过的形式来供给。本发明的化合物以这样的水平被加入到培养基中,即刺激红细胞生成素的产生而不危及细胞存活性的水平。细胞所产生的红细胞生成素被分泌到培养基中。然后收集所述培养基,并且使用本领域技术人员已知的方法来纯化红细胞生成素。(参见例如Lai等人(1987)US专利No.4667016;和Egrie(1985)US专利No.4558006)。Cell culture techniques are generally available in the art and include any method that can maintain cell viability and promote the expression of endogenous proteins. Cells are typically cultured in a growth medium optimized for cell growth, survival, and protein production. Cells can be in suspension or attached to a matrix, and the culture medium can be supplied in the form of batch feed or continuous flow. The compound of the present invention is added to the culture medium at a level that stimulates the production of erythropoietin without compromising the level of cell viability. The erythropoietin produced by the cells is secreted into the culture medium. The culture medium is then collected and the erythropoietin is purified using methods known to those skilled in the art. (See, for example, Lai et al. (1987) US Patent No. 4,667,016; and Egrie (1985) US Patent No. 4,558,006).
合适的检测方法是本领域公知的。下面仅仅是作为实例提出,并非旨在限制本发明。Suitable detection methods are well known in the art. The following are merely provided as examples and are not intended to limit the present invention.
基于细胞的HIFα稳定性检测Cell-based HIFα stability assay
将来源于不同组织的人类细胞(例如来自肝细胞组织的Hep3B细胞)分别接种到35mm培养皿中,并且在37℃、20%O2、5%CO2于常规培养基中例如DMEM(杜尔伯克改良伊格尔培养基)、10%FBS(小牛血清)中培养。当细胞层实现汇合时,将所述培养基替换为OPTI-MEM培养基(Invitrogen Life Technologies,Carlsbad CA),将细胞层于37℃在20%O2,5%CO2中培养大约24小时。然后将化合物或0.013%的DMSO(二甲基亚砜)加入到现有的培养基中,并且持续培养一整夜。Human cells derived from various tissues (e.g., Hep3B cells from hepatocyte tissue) were seeded into 35 mm culture dishes and cultured in a standard culture medium, such as Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (DMEM), containing 10% FBS (fetal bovine serum), at 37°C, 20% O₂ , and 5% CO₂. When the cell layer reached confluence, the culture medium was replaced with OPTI-MEM (Invitrogen Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA), and the cell layer was cultured at 37°C, 20% O₂ , and 5% CO₂ for approximately 24 hours. The compound or 0.013% DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide) was then added to the culture medium, and the culture was continued overnight.
在培养后,将所述培养基除去、离心分离和存储用于分析(参见下面的基于细胞的VEGF和EPO检测)。将所述细胞用冷的磷酸盐缓冲盐水(PBS)洗涤两次,然后在1mL的10mMTris(pH7.4)、1mM EDTA、150mM NaCl、0.5%IGEPAL(Sigma-Aldrich,St.Louis MO)和蛋白酶抑制剂混合物(Roche Molecular Biochemicals)中在冰上进行细胞溶解15分钟。将细胞溶解物在3000×g和4℃离心分离5分钟,并且收集细胞溶质部分(上清液)。将核(粒料)重新悬浮,并且在100μL的20mM HEPES(pH7.2)、400mM NaCl、1mM EDTA、1mM二硫苏糖醇和蛋白酶混合物(Roche Molecular Biochemicals)中溶解细胞,在13000×g和4℃离心分离5分钟,并且收集细胞核蛋白质部分(上清液)。After cultivation, the culture medium is removed, centrifuged and stored for analysis (see below based on cell VEGF and EPO detection). The cells are washed twice with cold phosphate buffered saline (PBS), then lysed on ice for 15 minutes in 1mL of 10mMTris (pH7.4), 1mM EDTA, 150mM NaCl, 0.5%IGEPAL (Sigma-Aldrich, St.Louis MO) and a protease inhibitor cocktail (Roche Molecular Biochemicals). The cell lysate is centrifuged at 3000 × g and 4°C for 5 minutes, and the cytosol fraction (supernatant) is collected. The core (pellet) is resuspended, and the cells are dissolved in 100 μL of 20mM HEPES (pH7.2), 400mM NaCl, 1mM EDTA, 1mM dithiothreitol and a protease cocktail (Roche Molecular Biochemicals), centrifuged at 13000 × g and 4°C for 5 minutes, and the nuclear protein fraction (supernatant) is collected.
使用QUANTIKINE免疫检测(R&D Systems,Inc.,MinneapolisMN)根据制造商使用说明分析所收集细胞核蛋白质部分的HIF-1α。The collected nuclear protein fractions were analyzed for HIF-1α using the QUANTIKINE immunoassay (R&D Systems, Inc., Minneapolis, MN) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
基于细胞的EPO检测Cell-based EPO assays
将Hep3B细胞(人类肝细胞的癌细胞,来自ATCC,cat#HB-8064)接种到25000细胞/孔的96孔板中。第二天,将所述细胞用DMEM(Cellgro,cat#10-013-CM)+0.5%小牛血清(Cellgro,cat#35-010-CV)洗涤一次,并用不同浓度的化合物或者溶剂对照(vehiclecontrol)(0.15%的DMSO)在DMEM+0.5%小牛血清中培养72小时。通过转移到圆锥底的96孔板中,并且在2000rpm离心分离5分钟,以产生无细胞的培养上清液。使用人类EPO ELISA试剂盒(R&D Systems,cat#DEP00)将所述上清液定量EPO。Hep3B cells (human hepatocellular carcinoma cells, from ATCC, cat# HB-8064) were seeded into 96-well plates at 25,000 cells/well. The next day, the cells were washed once with DMEM (Cellgro, cat# 10-013-CM) + 0.5% calf serum (Cellgro, cat# 35-010-CV) and cultured for 72 hours in DMEM + 0.5% calf serum with various concentrations of compound or vehicle control (0.15% DMSO). Cell-free culture supernatants were generated by transfer to conical-bottomed 96-well plates and centrifugation at 2000 rpm for 5 minutes. The supernatants were quantified for EPO using a human EPO ELISA kit (R&D Systems, cat# DEP00).
本文报道的所述化合物的EPO值(例如表1)是加上化合物的测量值减去相同细胞制剂的溶剂对照值的细胞测量值。本文所报道的试验中所用的细胞制剂的溶剂对照EPO值是从0到12.5mIU/ml变化的。The EPO values of the compounds reported herein (e.g., Table 1) are cell measurements minus the solvent control values of the same cell preparations for the compound measurements. The solvent control EPO values of the cell preparations used in the experiments reported herein vary from 0 to 12.5 mIU/ml.
HIF-PH检测HIF-PH detection
酮戊二酸α-[1-14C]-钠盐、α-酮戊二酸钠盐和HPLC纯化的肽获自商业来源,例如分别获自Perkin-Elmer(WellesleyMA)、Sigma-Aldrich和SynPep Corp.(DublinCA)。用于所述检测的肽是上述的或者公开在国际公开WO2005/118836中的HIFα的片段,其在此引入作为参考。例如用于HIF-PH检测中的HIF肽是[甲氧基香豆素]-DLDLEALAPYIPADDDFQL-酰胺。HIF-PH,例如HIF-PH2(也称作EGLN1或者PHD2)是在例如昆虫Hi5细胞中表达的,并且例如通过SP离子交换色谱柱来进行部分纯化。酶活性是使用Kivirikko和Myllyla所述的检测(1982,Methods Enzymol.82:245-304),通过捕获14CO2来测定的。检测反应包含50mM HEPES(pH7.4)、100μMα-酮戊二酸钠盐、0.30μCi/mLα-酮戊二酸α-[1-14C]-钠盐、40μM FeSO4、1mM抗坏血酸盐、1541.8单位/mL的过氧化氢酶,具有或不具有50μM的肽基质和不同浓度的本发明化合物。反应是通过加入HIF-PH酶来开始的。Ketoglutarate α-[1- 14 C]-sodium salt, α-ketoglutarate sodium salt, and HPLC-purified peptides were obtained from commercial sources, such as Perkin-Elmer (Wellesley, MA), Sigma-Aldrich, and SynPep Corp. (Dublin, CA), respectively. The peptides used in the assays were fragments of HIFα described above or disclosed in International Publication No. WO 2005/118836, which is incorporated herein by reference. For example, the HIF peptide used in the HIF-PH assay was [methoxycoumarin]-DLDLEALAPYIPADDDFQL-amide. HIF-PH, such as HIF-PH2 (also known as EGLN1 or PHD2), was expressed in, for example, insect Hi5 cells and partially purified, for example, by SP ion exchange chromatography. Enzyme activity was determined by capturing 14 CO2 using the assay described by Kivirikko and Myllyla (1982, Methods Enzymol. 82:245-304). The assay reaction contained 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 100 μM α-ketoglutarate sodium salt, 0.30 μCi/mL α-ketoglutarate α-[1- 14 C]-sodium salt, 40 μM FeSO 4 , 1 mM ascorbate, 1541.8 units/mL of catalase, with or without 50 μM peptide substrate and various concentrations of the compound of the invention. The reaction was initiated by the addition of HIF-PH enzyme.
肽相关百分比周转率(percent turnover)是用存在基质肽时的百分比周转率减去在不存在肽时的百分比周转率来计算的。抑制率百分比和IC50是使用给定抑制剂浓度时的肽相关百分比周转率来计算的。每个抑制剂IC50值的计算是使用GraFit软件(ErithacusSoftware Ltd.,Surrey UK)来进行的。结果汇总在表1中。Peptide-associated percent turnover was calculated by subtracting the percent turnover in the absence of the peptide from the percent turnover in the presence of the matrix peptide. Percent inhibition and IC50 were calculated using the peptide-associated percent turnover at a given inhibitor concentration. IC50 values for each inhibitor were calculated using GraFit software (Erithacus Software Ltd., Surrey, UK). The results are summarized in Table 1.
下表1目的是证明示例性取代的异喹啉化合物的药理学效用。通过抑制HIF脯氨酰羟化酶,取代的异喹啉化合物稳定了HIFα,HIFα然后与HIFβ结合以形成活性转录因子,所述活性转录因子提高了包括涉及响应低含氧和缺血条件的众多基因的表达,包括红细胞生成素(EPO)。The following Table 1 is intended to demonstrate the pharmacological utility of exemplary substituted isoquinoline compounds. By inhibiting HIF prolyl hydroxylases, the substituted isoquinoline compounds stabilize HIFα, which then binds to HIFβ to form an active transcription factor that increases the expression of numerous genes involved in responding to hypoxic and ischemic conditions, including erythropoietin (EPO).
表1Table 1
*相比仅DMSO的对照,在DMSO中30μM化合物所测量的细胞EPO。*Cellular EPO measured at 30 μM compound in DMSO compared to DMSO only control.
Claims (90)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US61/672191 | 2012-07-16 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK1231055A1 HK1231055A1 (en) | 2017-12-15 |
| HK1231055B true HK1231055B (en) | 2020-09-11 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| KR102145272B1 (en) | Process for making isoquinoline compounds | |
| KR102593431B1 (en) | PROCESSES AND INTERMEDIATES IN THE PREPARATION OF C5aR ANTAGONISTS | |
| TW200815431A (en) | Azabenzimidazolyl compounds | |
| WO2005115975A1 (en) | Arylalkylamines and process for production thereof | |
| TW200813022A (en) | Organic compounds | |
| WO2005087767A1 (en) | Hiv integrase inhibitors | |
| CA2470620A1 (en) | Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders | |
| AU2015239537A1 (en) | 5,6-disubstituted pyridine-2-carboxamides as Cannabinoid receptor agonists | |
| TWI326282B (en) | Heterocyclic compound | |
| CN107417595A (en) | A kind of synthetic method of serial monoterpenoid indole alkaloid skeleton and natural products based on free radical cascade reaction | |
| TW200811135A (en) | NK-1 and serotonin transporter inhibitors | |
| CN103864674A (en) | Method for preparing (R)-3-amino piperidine hydrochloride | |
| CN105358529B (en) | A kind of new method of synthesis Eliquis important intermediate | |
| HK1231055B (en) | Process for making isoquinoline compounds | |
| CN110963959B (en) | Preparation method for synthesizing N-protected and unprotected 3-hydroxy-4, 4-dimethylpiperidine | |
| HK1231055A1 (en) | Process for making isoquinoline compounds | |
| CN106883238B (en) | A kind of preparation method of α-azaspiro compound | |
| CN105017181A (en) | Carfilzomib key intermediate and preparation method of its derivative | |
| CN102070624B (en) | Method for synthesizing tiagabine hydrochloride and method for preparing anhydrous tiagabine hydrochloride | |
| CN103755710B (en) | One class 2,5-diazabicyclo iieptanes compound and application thereof | |
| WO2007088878A1 (en) | Method for producing benzazepinone | |
| JP2014114221A (en) | Method for producing benzimidazole derivative and intermediate thereof | |
| WO2023168827A1 (en) | Synthesis method for paxlovid intermediate | |
| CN104520272A (en) | Novel derivatives of donepezil |